Prepare 1.31.3
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.31.3';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**@}*/
161
162 /************************************************************************//**
163 * @name URLs and file paths
164 *
165 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
166 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
167 *
168 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
169 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
170 *
171 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
172 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
173 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
174 *
175 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
176 *
177 * @{
178 */
179
180 /**
181 * The URL path to index.php.
182 *
183 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
184 */
185 $wgScript = false;
186
187 /**
188 * The URL path to load.php.
189 *
190 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
191 * @since 1.17
192 */
193 $wgLoadScript = false;
194
195 /**
196 * The URL path of the skins directory.
197 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
198 * @since 1.3
199 */
200 $wgStylePath = false;
201 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.17
207 */
208 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
209
210 /**
211 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
212 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
213 * @since 1.16
214 */
215 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
216
217 /**
218 * Filesystem extensions directory.
219 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
220 * @since 1.25
221 */
222 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
223
224 /**
225 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
226 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
227 * @since 1.3
228 */
229 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
230
231 /**
232 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
233 * which is replaced by the article title.
234 *
235 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
236 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
237 */
238 $wgArticlePath = false;
239
240 /**
241 * The URL path for the images directory.
242 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
243 */
244 $wgUploadPath = false;
245
246 /**
247 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
248 */
249 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
250
251 /**
252 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
253 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
254 */
255 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
259 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
260 */
261 $wgLogo = false;
262
263 /**
264 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
265 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
266 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
267 *
268 * @par Example:
269 * @code
270 * $wgLogoHD = [
271 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
272 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
273 * ];
274 * @endcode
275 *
276 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
277 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
278 * be optimised for screen resolution.
279 *
280 * @par Example:
281 * @code
282 * $wgLogoHD = [
283 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
284 * ];
285 * @endcode
286 *
287 * @since 1.25
288 */
289 $wgLogoHD = false;
290
291 /**
292 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
293 * @since 1.6
294 */
295 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
299 * Defaults to no icon.
300 * @since 1.12
301 */
302 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
303
304 /**
305 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
306 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
307 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
308 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
309 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
310 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
311 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
312 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
313 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
314 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
315 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
316 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
317 * understand it).
318 *
319 * @var array|string|bool
320 * @since 1.25
321 */
322 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
323
324 /**
325 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
326 * be web accessible.
327 *
328 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
329 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
330 * logic.
331 *
332 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
333 * variable.
334 *
335 * @see wfTempDir()
336 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
337 */
338 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
339
340 /**
341 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
342 * upload URL.
343 * @since 1.4
344 */
345 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
346
347 /**
348 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
349 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
350 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
351 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
352 * @since 1.17
353 */
354 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
355
356 /**
357 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
358 * plain page views, add to this array.
359 *
360 * @par Example:
361 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
362 * @code
363 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
364 * @endcode
365 *
366 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
367 * URLs.
368 * @since 1.5
369 */
370 $wgActionPaths = [];
371
372 /**@}*/
373
374 /************************************************************************//**
375 * @name Files and file uploads
376 * @{
377 */
378
379 /**
380 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
381 */
382 $wgEnableUploads = false;
383
384 /**
385 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
386 */
387 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
388
389 /**
390 * Allows to move images and other media files
391 */
392 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
393
394 /**
395 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
396 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
397 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
398 *
399 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
400 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
401 */
402 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
403
404 /**
405 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
406 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
407 *
408 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
409 * completeness.
410 */
411 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
412
413 /**
414 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
415 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
416 */
417 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
418
419 /**
420 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
421 */
422 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
423
424 /**
425 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
426 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
427 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
428 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
429 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
430 *
431 * Example:
432 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
433 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
434 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
435 *
436 * @see $wgFileBackends
437 */
438 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
439
440 /**
441 * File repository structures
442 *
443 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
444 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
445 * array of properties configuring the repository.
446 *
447 * Properties required for all repos:
448 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
449 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
450 *
451 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
452 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
453 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
454 *
455 * For most core repos:
456 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
457 * container : backend container name the zone is in
458 * directory : root path within container for the zone
459 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
460 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
461 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
462 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
463 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
464 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
465 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
466 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
467 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
468 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
469 * handler instead.
470 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
471 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
472 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
473 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
474 * - pathDisclosureProtection
475 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
476 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
477 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
478 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
479 * is 0644.
480 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
481 * some remote repos.
482 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
483 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
484 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
485 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
486 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
487 *
488 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
489 * for local repositories:
490 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
491 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
492 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @var int|bool
760 *
761 * @since 1.22
762 */
763 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
764
765 /**
766 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
767 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
768 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
769 * for non-specified types.
770 *
771 * @par Example:
772 * @code
773 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
774 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
775 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
776 * ];
777 * @endcode
778 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
779 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
780 */
781 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
782
783 /**
784 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
785 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
786 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
787 * @since 1.26
788 */
789 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
790
791 /**
792 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
793 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
794 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
795 *
796 * @par Example:
797 * @code
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
799 * @endcode
800 */
801 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
805 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
806 * appended to it as appropriate.
807 */
808 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
809
810 /**
811 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
812 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
813 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
814 * access to the thumbnail path.
815 *
816 * @par Example:
817 * @code
818 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
819 * @endcode
820 */
821 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
822
823 /**
824 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
825 */
826 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
827
828 /**
829 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
830 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
831 *
832 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
833 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
834 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
835 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
836 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
837 *
838 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
839 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
840 */
841 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
845 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
846 * directory layout.
847 */
848 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
849
850 /**
851 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
852 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
853 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
854 * image description page on this wiki.
855 *
856 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
857 */
858 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
859
860 /**
861 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
862 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
863 *
864 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
865 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
866 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
867 */
868 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
872 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
873 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
874 */
875 $wgFileBlacklist = [
876 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
877 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
878 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
879 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
880 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
881 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
882 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
883 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
884
885 /**
886 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
887 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
888 */
889 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
890 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
891 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
892 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
893 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
894 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
895 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
896 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
897 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
898 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
899 'application/x-msmetafile',
900 ];
901
902 /**
903 * Allow Java archive uploads.
904 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
905 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
906 */
907 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
908
909 /**
910 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
911 *
912 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
913 */
914 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
915
916 /**
917 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
918 * by $wgFileExtensions.
919 *
920 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
921 */
922 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
923
924 /**
925 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
926 *
927 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
928 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
929 */
930 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
931
932 /**
933 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
934 */
935 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
936
937 /**
938 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
939 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
940 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
941 *
942 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
943 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
944 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
945 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
946 */
947 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
948 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
949 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
950 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
951 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
952 "application/pdf", // PDF files
953 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
954 ];
955
956 /**
957 * Plugins for media file type handling.
958 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
959 *
960 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
961 * and extensions should use extension.json.
962 */
963 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
964
965 /**
966 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
967 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
968 */
969 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
970 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
978 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
979 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Plugins for page content model handling.
984 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
985 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
986 *
987 * @since 1.21
988 */
989 $wgContentHandlers = [
990 // the usual case
991 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
992 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
993 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
994 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
995 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
996 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
997 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
998 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
999 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1000 ];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1004 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1005 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1006 */
1007 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1011 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1012 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1013 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1014 *
1015 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1016 */
1017 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1021 */
1022 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1023
1024 /**
1025 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1026 * @since 1.27
1027 */
1028 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1029
1030 /**
1031 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1032 */
1033 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1037 */
1038 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1042 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1043 */
1044 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1048 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1049 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1050 *
1051 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1052 * @code
1053 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1054 * @endcode
1055 *
1056 * Leave as false to skip this.
1057 */
1058 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1059
1060 /**
1061 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.21
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1069 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1070 * at sharp edges.
1071 *
1072 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1073 *
1074 * Supported values:
1075 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1076 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1077 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1078 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1079 *
1080 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1081 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1082 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1083 *
1084 * @since 1.27
1085 */
1086 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1090 * image formats.
1091 */
1092 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1096 *
1097 * @since 1.26
1098 */
1099 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1103 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1104 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1105 *
1106 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1107 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1108 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverters = [
1111 'ImageMagick' =>
1112 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1113 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1114 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1115 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1116 . '$output $input',
1117 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1118 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1119 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1120 ];
1121
1122 /**
1123 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1124 */
1125 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1126
1127 /**
1128 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1129 */
1130 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1131
1132 /**
1133 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1134 */
1135 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1139 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1140 */
1141 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1142
1143 /**
1144 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1145 *
1146 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1147 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1148 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1149 *
1150 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1151 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1152 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1153 */
1154 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1155
1156 /**
1157 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1158 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1159 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1160 *
1161 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1162 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1163 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1164 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1165 *
1166 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1167 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1168 */
1169 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1170
1171 /**
1172 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1173 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1174 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1175 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1176 */
1177 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1178
1179 /**
1180 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1181 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1182 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1183 *
1184 * @par Example:
1185 * @code
1186 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1187 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1188 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1189 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1190 * @endcode
1191 */
1192 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1193
1194 /**
1195 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1196 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1197 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1198 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1199 */
1200 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1204 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1205 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1206 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1207 */
1208 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1212 * output instead of showing an error message.
1213 *
1214 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1215 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1216 *
1217 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1218 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1219 * are logged to a file for review.
1220 */
1221 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1225 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1226 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1227 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1228 * webserver(s).
1229 */
1230 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1234 */
1235 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1236
1237 /**
1238 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1239 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1240 * is available that can rotate.
1241 */
1242 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1243
1244 /**
1245 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1246 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1247 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1248 */
1249 $wgAntivirus = null;
1250
1251 /**
1252 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1253 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1254 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1255 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1256 *
1257 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1258 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1259 *
1260 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1261 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1262 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1263 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1264 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1265 * path.
1266 *
1267 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1268 * function in SpecialUpload.
1269 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1270 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1271 * is not set.
1272 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1273 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1274 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1275 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1276 * no virus was found.
1277 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1278 * a virus.
1279 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1280 *
1281 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1282 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1283 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1284 */
1285 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1286
1287 # setup for clamav
1288 'clamav' => [
1289 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1290 'codemap' => [
1291 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1292 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1293 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1294 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1295 ],
1296 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1297 ],
1298 ];
1299
1300 /**
1301 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1302 */
1303 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1304
1305 /**
1306 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1307 */
1308 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1312 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1313 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1319 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1320 */
1321 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1325 * the MIME type to standard output.
1326 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1327 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1328 *
1329 * @par Example:
1330 * @code
1331 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1332 * @endcode
1333 */
1334 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1338 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1339 * can be trusted.
1340 */
1341 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1342
1343 /**
1344 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1345 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1346 */
1347 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1348 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1349 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1350 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1351 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1352 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1353 ];
1354
1355 /**
1356 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1357 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1358 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1359 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1360 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1361 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1362 */
1363 $wgImageLimits = [
1364 [ 320, 240 ],
1365 [ 640, 480 ],
1366 [ 800, 600 ],
1367 [ 1024, 768 ],
1368 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1369 ];
1370
1371 /**
1372 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1373 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1374 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1375 */
1376 $wgThumbLimits = [
1377 120,
1378 150,
1379 180,
1380 200,
1381 250,
1382 300
1383 ];
1384
1385 /**
1386 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1387 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1388 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1389 *
1390 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1391 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1392 * supports it.
1393 */
1394 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1395
1396 /**
1397 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1398 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1399 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1400 * following buckets:
1401 *
1402 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1403 *
1404 * and a distance of 50:
1405 *
1406 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1407 *
1408 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1409 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1410 */
1411 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1415 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1416 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1417 *
1418 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1419 *
1420 * @since 1.25
1421 */
1422
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1424
1425 /**
1426 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1427 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1428 *
1429 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1430 * thumbnail's URL.
1431 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1432 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1433 *
1434 * @since 1.25
1435 */
1436 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1437
1438 /**
1439 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1440 *
1441 * @since 1.25
1442 */
1443 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1444
1445 /**
1446 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1447 * HTTP request to.
1448 *
1449 * @since 1.25
1450 */
1451 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1452
1453 /**
1454 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1455 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1456 *
1457 * @since 1.26
1458 */
1459 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1460
1461 /**
1462 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1463 * Fields are:
1464 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1465 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1466 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1467 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1468 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1469 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1470 * @deprecated since 1.28
1471 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1472 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1473 * - mode: Gallery mode
1474 */
1475 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1476
1477 /**
1478 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1479 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1480 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1481 */
1482 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1483
1484 /**
1485 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1486 */
1487 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1488
1489 /**
1490 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1491 *
1492 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1493 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1494 *
1495 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1496 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1497 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1498 */
1499 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1500
1501 /**
1502 * @name DJVU settings
1503 * @{
1504 */
1505
1506 /**
1507 * Path of the djvudump executable
1508 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1509 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1510 */
1511 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1512
1513 /**
1514 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1515 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1516 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1517 */
1518 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1519
1520 /**
1521 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1522 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1523 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1524 */
1525 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1526
1527 /**
1528 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1529 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1530 *
1531 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1532 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1533 * the efficiency problem.
1534 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1535 *
1536 * @par Example:
1537 * @code
1538 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1539 * @endcode
1540 */
1541 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1542
1543 /**
1544 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1545 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1546 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1547 */
1548 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1549
1550 /**
1551 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1552 */
1553 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1554
1555 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1556
1557 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1558
1559 /************************************************************************//**
1560 * @name Email settings
1561 * @{
1562 */
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Site admin email address.
1566 *
1567 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1568 */
1569 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1570
1571 /**
1572 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1573 *
1574 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1575 *
1576 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1577 */
1578 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1582 *
1583 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1584 */
1585 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1589 *
1590 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1591 */
1592 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1593
1594 /**
1595 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1596 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1597 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1598 */
1599 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1600
1601 /**
1602 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1603 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1604 */
1605 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1606
1607 /**
1608 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1609 *
1610 * @since 1.30
1611 */
1612 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1616 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1617 *
1618 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1619 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1620 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1621 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1622 */
1623 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1624
1625 /**
1626 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1627 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1628 */
1629 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1630
1631 /**
1632 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1633 */
1634 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1635
1636 /**
1637 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1638 */
1639 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1643 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1644 */
1645 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1649 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1650 */
1651 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1652
1653 /**
1654 * SMTP Mode.
1655 *
1656 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1657 * Default to false or fill an array :
1658 *
1659 * @code
1660 * $wgSMTP = [
1661 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1662 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1663 * 'port' => '25',
1664 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1665 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1666 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1667 * ];
1668 * @endcode
1669 */
1670 $wgSMTP = false;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1674 */
1675 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1676
1677 /**
1678 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1679 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1680 */
1681 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1685 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1688
1689 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1690 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1691 # enable or disable at their discretion
1692 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1693 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1697 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1698 * spam relay.
1699 */
1700 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1704 */
1705 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1706
1707 /**
1708 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1709 * user talk page.
1710 *
1711 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1712 * preference set to true.
1713 */
1714 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1715
1716 /**
1717 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1718 * allowed this in the preferences.
1719 */
1720 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1721
1722 /**
1723 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1724 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1725 *
1726 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1727 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1728 *
1729 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1730 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1731 *
1732 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1733 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1734 */
1735 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1736
1737 /**
1738 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1739 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1740 *
1741 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1742 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1743 */
1744 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1748 * match the limit on your mail server.
1749 */
1750 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1754 */
1755 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1759 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1760 */
1761 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1762
1763 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1764
1765 /************************************************************************//**
1766 * @name Database settings
1767 * @{
1768 */
1769
1770 /**
1771 * Database host name or IP address
1772 */
1773 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1777 */
1778 $wgDBport = 5432;
1779
1780 /**
1781 * Name of the database
1782 */
1783 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1784
1785 /**
1786 * Database username
1787 */
1788 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1789
1790 /**
1791 * Database user's password
1792 */
1793 $wgDBpassword = '';
1794
1795 /**
1796 * Database type
1797 */
1798 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1799
1800 /**
1801 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1802 *
1803 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1804 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1805 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1806 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1807 */
1808 $wgDBssl = false;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1812 *
1813 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1814 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1815 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1816 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1817 */
1818 $wgDBcompress = false;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1822 */
1823 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1824
1825 /**
1826 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1827 */
1828 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1829
1830 /**
1831 * Search type.
1832 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1833 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1834 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1835 */
1836 $wgSearchType = null;
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Alternative search types
1840 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1841 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1842 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1843 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1844 */
1845 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Table name prefix
1849 */
1850 $wgDBprefix = '';
1851
1852 /**
1853 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1854 */
1855 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1856
1857 /**
1858 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1859 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1860 * DBA has done his best job.
1861 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1862 */
1863 $wgSQLMode = '';
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Mediawiki schema
1867 */
1868 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1872 */
1873 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1877 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1878 * main database.
1879 *
1880 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1881 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1882 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1883 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1884 *
1885 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1886 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1887 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1888 *
1889 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1890 * $wgDBprefix.
1891 *
1892 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1893 * $wgDBmwschema.
1894 *
1895 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1896 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1897 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1898 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1899 */
1900 $wgSharedDB = null;
1901
1902 /**
1903 * @see $wgSharedDB
1904 */
1905 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1906
1907 /**
1908 * @see $wgSharedDB
1909 */
1910 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1911
1912 /**
1913 * @see $wgSharedDB
1914 * @since 1.23
1915 */
1916 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1917
1918 /**
1919 * Database load balancer
1920 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1921 * Fields are:
1922 * - host: Host name
1923 * - dbname: Default database name
1924 * - user: DB user
1925 * - password: DB password
1926 * - type: DB type
1927 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1928 *
1929 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1930 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1931 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1932 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1933 *
1934 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1935 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1936 *
1937 * - flags: bit field
1938 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1939 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1940 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1941 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1942 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1943 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1944 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1945 * if available
1946 *
1947 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1948 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1949 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1950 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1951 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1952 *
1953 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1954 * variable of the Database object.
1955 *
1956 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1957 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1958 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1959 *
1960 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1961 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1962 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1963 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1964 *
1965 * @code
1966 * SET @@read_only=1;
1967 * @endcode
1968 *
1969 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1970 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1971 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1972 */
1973 $wgDBservers = false;
1974
1975 /**
1976 * Load balancer factory configuration
1977 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1978 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1979 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1980 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1981 *
1982 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1983 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1984 */
1985 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
1986
1987 /**
1988 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1989 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1990 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1991 * @since 1.27
1992 */
1993 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1994
1995 /**
1996 * File to log database errors to
1997 */
1998 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2002 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2003 *
2004 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2005 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2006 *
2007 * @par Examples:
2008 * @code
2009 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2010 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2011 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2012 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2013 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2014 * @endcode
2015 *
2016 * @since 1.20
2017 */
2018 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2019
2020 /**
2021 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2022 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2023 *
2024 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2025 *
2026 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2027 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2028 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2029 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2030 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2031 *
2032 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2033 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2034 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2035 *
2036 * @deprecated since 1.31
2037 */
2038 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2039
2040 /**
2041 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2042 *
2043 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2044 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2045 * block).
2046 *
2047 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2048 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2049 * connections.
2050 *
2051 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2052 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2053 * pooled.
2054 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2055 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2056 *
2057 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2058 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2059 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2060 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2061 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2062 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2063 *
2064 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2065 */
2066 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2067
2068 /**
2069 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2070 *
2071 * Array numeric key => database name
2072 */
2073 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2074
2075 /**
2076 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2077 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2078 * show a more obvious warning.
2079 */
2080 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2081
2082 /**
2083 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2084 */
2085 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2086
2087 /**
2088 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2089 */
2090 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2091
2092 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2093
2094 /************************************************************************//**
2095 * @name Text storage
2096 * @{
2097 */
2098
2099 /**
2100 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2101 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2102 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2103 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2104 */
2105 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2106
2107 /**
2108 * External stores allow including content
2109 * from non database sources following URL links.
2110 *
2111 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2112 * @code
2113 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2114 * @endcode
2115 *
2116 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2117 */
2118 $wgExternalStores = [];
2119
2120 /**
2121 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2122 *
2123 * @par Example:
2124 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2125 * @code
2126 * $wgExternalServers = [
2127 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2128 * ];
2129 * @endcode
2130 *
2131 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2132 * another class.
2133 */
2134 $wgExternalServers = [];
2135
2136 /**
2137 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2138 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2139 *
2140 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2141 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2142 *
2143 * @par Example:
2144 * @code
2145 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2146 * @endcode
2147 *
2148 * @var array
2149 */
2150 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2154 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2155 *
2156 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2157 */
2158 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2159
2160 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2161
2162 /************************************************************************//**
2163 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2164 * @{
2165 */
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Disable database-intensive features
2169 */
2170 $wgMiserMode = false;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2174 */
2175 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2176
2177 /**
2178 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2179 */
2180 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2181
2182 /**
2183 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2184 */
2185 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2186
2187 /**
2188 * Enable slow parser functions
2189 */
2190 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2191
2192 /**
2193 * Allow schema updates
2194 */
2195 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2196
2197 /**
2198 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2199 */
2200 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2201
2202 /**
2203 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2204 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2205 */
2206 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2207
2208 /**
2209 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2210 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2211 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2212 * @since 1.26
2213 */
2214 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2215
2216 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2217
2218 /************************************************************************//**
2219 * @name Cache settings
2220 * @{
2221 */
2222
2223 /**
2224 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2225 * from the web.
2226 *
2227 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2228 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2229 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2230 */
2231 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2232
2233 /**
2234 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2235 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2236 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2237 *
2238 * The options are:
2239 *
2240 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2241 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2242 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2243 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2244 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2245 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2246 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2247 *
2248 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2249 */
2250 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2251
2252 /**
2253 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2254 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2255 *
2256 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2257 */
2258 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2259
2260 /**
2261 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2262 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2263 *
2264 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2265 */
2266 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2267
2268 /**
2269 * The cache type for storing session data.
2270 *
2271 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2272 */
2273 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2274
2275 /**
2276 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2277 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2278 *
2279 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2280 *
2281 * @since 1.20
2282 */
2283 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2284
2285 /**
2286 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2287 *
2288 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2289 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2290 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2291 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2292 *
2293 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2294 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2295 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2296 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2297 */
2298 $wgObjectCaches = [
2299 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2300 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2301
2302 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2303 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2304 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2305
2306 'db-replicated' => [
2307 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2308 'readFactory' => [
2309 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2310 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2311 ],
2312 'writeFactory' => [
2313 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2314 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2315 ],
2316 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2317 'reportDupes' => false
2318 ],
2319
2320 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2321 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2322 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2323 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2324 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2325 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2326 ];
2327
2328 /**
2329 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2330 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2331 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2332 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2333 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2334 *
2335 * The options are:
2336 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2337 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2338 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2339 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2340 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2341 * @since 1.26
2342 */
2343 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2344
2345 /**
2346 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2347 *
2348 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2349 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2350 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2351 *
2352 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2353 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2354 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2355 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2356 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2357 *
2358 * @since 1.26
2359 */
2360 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2361 CACHE_NONE => [
2362 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2363 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2364 'channels' => []
2365 ]
2366 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2367 'memcached-php' => [
2368 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2369 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2370 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2371 ]
2372 */
2373 ];
2374
2375 /**
2376 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2377 *
2378 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2379 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2380 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2381 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2382 *
2383 * @var bool
2384 * @since 1.29
2385 */
2386 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2387
2388 /**
2389 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2390 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2391 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2392 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2393 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2394 *
2395 * The options are:
2396 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2397 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2398 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2399 *
2400 * @since 1.26
2401 */
2402 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2403
2404 /**
2405 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2406 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2407 */
2408 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2409
2410 /**
2411 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2412 */
2413 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2414
2415 /**
2416 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2417 */
2418 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2419
2420 /**
2421 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2422 */
2423 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2424
2425 /**
2426 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2427 *
2428 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2429 *
2430 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2431 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2432 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2433 * others' cookies.
2434 *
2435 * @since 1.27
2436 * @var string
2437 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2438 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2439 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2440 */
2441 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2442
2443 /**
2444 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2445 *
2446 * @since 1.28
2447 */
2448 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2452 */
2453 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2454
2455 /**
2456 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2457 */
2458 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2459
2460 /**
2461 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2462 * requests.
2463 */
2464 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2465
2466 /**
2467 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2468 */
2469 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2470
2471 /**
2472 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2473 *
2474 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2475 *
2476 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2477 *
2478 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2479 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2480 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2481 */
2482 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2483
2484 /**
2485 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2486 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2487 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2488 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2489 */
2490 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2491
2492 /**
2493 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2494 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2495 *
2496 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2497 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2498 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2499 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2500 * otherwise the database will be used.
2501 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2502 * store static arrays.
2503 *
2504 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2505 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2506 *
2507 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2508 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2509 * will be used.
2510 *
2511 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2512 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2513 */
2514 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2515 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2516 'store' => 'detect',
2517 'storeClass' => false,
2518 'storeDirectory' => false,
2519 'manualRecache' => false,
2520 ];
2521
2522 /**
2523 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2524 */
2525 $wgCachePages = true;
2526
2527 /**
2528 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2529 * client-side and server-side caching.
2530 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2531 * @verbatim
2532 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2533 * @endverbatim
2534 */
2535 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2536
2537 /**
2538 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2539 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2540 */
2541 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2542
2543 /**
2544 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2545 *
2546 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2547 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2548 * styles.
2549 *
2550 * @deprecated since 1.31
2551 */
2552 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2553
2554 /**
2555 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2556 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2557 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2558 */
2559 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2563 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2564 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2565 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2566 */
2567 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2568
2569 /**
2570 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2571 * @deprecated since 1.26
2572 */
2573 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2574
2575 /**
2576 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2577 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2578 */
2579 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2580
2581 /**
2582 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2583 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2584 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2585 *
2586 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2587 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2588 * don't update as expected.
2589 */
2590 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2591
2592 /**
2593 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2594 */
2595 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2596
2597 /**
2598 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2599 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2600 *
2601 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2602 */
2603 $wgUseGzip = false;
2604
2605 /**
2606 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2607 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2608 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2609 * a grace period.
2610 */
2611 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2612
2613 /**
2614 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2615 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2616 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2617 *
2618 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2619 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2620 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2621 */
2622 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2626 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2627 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2628 *
2629 * @par Example:
2630 * @code
2631 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2632 * @endcode
2633 *
2634 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2635 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2636 *
2637 * @var int|bool
2638 */
2639 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2640
2641 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2642
2643 /************************************************************************//**
2644 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2645 *
2646 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2647 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2648 *
2649 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2650 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2651 * more details.
2652 *
2653 * @{
2654 */
2655
2656 /**
2657 * Enable/disable CDN.
2658 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2659 */
2660 $wgUseSquid = false;
2661
2662 /**
2663 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2664 */
2665 $wgUseESI = false;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2669 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2670 * @since 1.27
2671 */
2672 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2673
2674 /**
2675 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2676 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2677 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2678 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2679 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2680 * HTTP redirects.
2681 */
2682 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2683
2684 /**
2685 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2686 *
2687 * @par Example:
2688 * @code
2689 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2690 * @endcode
2691 */
2692 $wgInternalServer = false;
2693
2694 /**
2695 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2696 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2697 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2698 *
2699 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2700 */
2701 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2702
2703 /**
2704 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2705 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2706 * @since 1.27
2707 */
2708 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2709
2710 /**
2711 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2712 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2713 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2714 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2715 *
2716 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2717 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2718 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2719 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2720 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2721 *
2722 * @since 1.27
2723 */
2724 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2725
2726 /**
2727 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2728 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2729 * @since 1.27
2730 */
2731 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2732
2733 /**
2734 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2735 *
2736 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2737 */
2738 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2739
2740 /**
2741 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2742 *
2743 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2744 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2745 *
2746 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2747 */
2748 $wgSquidServers = [];
2749
2750 /**
2751 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2752 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2753 * CIDR blocks.
2754 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2755 */
2756 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2757
2758 /**
2759 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2760 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2761 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2762 *
2763 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2764 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2765 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2766 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2767 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2768 *
2769 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2770 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2771 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2772 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2773 * reverse).
2774 *
2775 * @since 1.21
2776 */
2777 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2778
2779 /**
2780 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2781 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2782 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2783 *
2784 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2785 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2786 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2787 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2788 *
2789 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2790 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2791 * @code
2792 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2793 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2794 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2795 * 'port' => 4827,
2796 * ],
2797 * '' => [
2798 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2799 * 'port' => 4827,
2800 * ],
2801 * ];
2802 * @endcode
2803 *
2804 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2805 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2806 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2807 *
2808 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2809 * @code
2810 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2811 * '' => [
2812 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2813 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2814 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2815 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2816 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2817 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2818 * ],
2819 * ];
2820 * @endcode
2821 *
2822 * @since 1.22
2823 *
2824 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2825 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2826 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2827 *
2828 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2829 */
2830 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2831
2832 /**
2833 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2834 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2835 */
2836 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2837
2838 /**
2839 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2840 */
2841 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2842
2843 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2844
2845 /************************************************************************//**
2846 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2847 * @{
2848 */
2849
2850 /**
2851 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2852 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2853 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2854 *
2855 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2856 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2857 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2858 *
2859 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2860 * change it in their preferences.
2861 *
2862 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2863 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2864 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2865 */
2866 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2867
2868 /**
2869 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2870 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2871 */
2872 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2873
2874 /**
2875 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2876 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2877 *
2878 * @par Example:
2879 * @code
2880 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2881 * @endcode
2882 */
2883 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2884
2885 /**
2886 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2887 */
2888 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2889
2890 /**
2891 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2892 */
2893 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2894
2895 /**
2896 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2897 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2898 * Notes:
2899 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2900 * map.
2901 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2902 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2903 * this array.
2904 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2905 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2906 * the prefix in this array.
2907 */
2908 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2909
2910 /**
2911 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2912 */
2913 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2914
2915 /**
2916 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2917 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2918 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2919 *
2920 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2921 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2922 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2923 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2924 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2925 *
2926 * @since 1.29
2927 */
2928 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2929 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2930 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2931 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2932 ];
2933
2934 /**
2935 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2936 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2937 *
2938 * @deprecated since 1.29
2939 */
2940 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2944 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2945 * set to "ar".
2946 *
2947 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2948 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2949 */
2950 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2951
2952 /**
2953 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2954 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2955 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2956 * support these characters.
2957 *
2958 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2959 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2960 */
2961 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2965 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2966 * impact.
2967 *
2968 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2969 * details.
2970 *
2971 * @since 1.17
2972 */
2973 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2974
2975 /**
2976 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2977 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2978 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2979 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2980 *
2981 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2982 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2983 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2984 */
2985 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2986
2987 /**
2988 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2989 */
2990 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2991
2992 /**
2993 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2994 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2995 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2996 *
2997 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2998 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2999 * to remain viewable.
3000 *
3001 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3002 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3003 */
3004 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3005
3006 /**
3007 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3008 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3009 */
3010 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3014 * numerals in interface.
3015 */
3016 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3020 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3021 */
3022 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3026 */
3027 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3031 */
3032 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3036 */
3037 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3041 */
3042 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3043
3044 /**
3045 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3046 */
3047 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3051 * used to ease variant development work.
3052 */
3053 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3057 *
3058 * @par Example:
3059 * @code
3060 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3061 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3062 * @endcode
3063 */
3064 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3065
3066 /**
3067 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3068 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3069 * language variant.
3070 *
3071 * @par Example:
3072 * @code
3073 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3074 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3075 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3076 * @endcode
3077 *
3078 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3079 *
3080 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3081 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3082 */
3083 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3084
3085 /**
3086 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3087 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3088 * customise these.
3089 */
3090 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3091
3092 /**
3093 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3094 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3095 *
3096 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3097 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3098 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3099 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3100 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3101 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3102 * the default behavior.
3103 *
3104 * @par Example:
3105 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3106 * portal:
3107 * @code
3108 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3109 * @endcode
3110 */
3111 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3112
3113 /**
3114 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3115 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3116 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3117 *
3118 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3119 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3120 *
3121 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3122 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3123 *
3124 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3125 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3126 *
3127 * @par Examples:
3128 * @code
3129 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3130 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3131 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3132 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3133 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3134 * @endcode
3135 */
3136 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3137
3138 /**
3139 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3140 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3141 *
3142 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3143 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3144 *
3145 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3146 */
3147 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3148
3149 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3150
3151 /*************************************************************************//**
3152 * @name Output format and skin settings
3153 * @{
3154 */
3155
3156 /**
3157 * The default Content-Type header.
3158 */
3159 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3163 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3164 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3165 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3166 * @deprecated since 1.22
3167 */
3168 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3169
3170 /**
3171 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3172 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3173 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3174 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3175 * @deprecated since 1.22
3176 */
3177 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3178
3179 /**
3180 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3181 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3182 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3183 * to true by Setup.php.
3184 * @deprecated since 1.22
3185 */
3186 $wgHtml5 = true;
3187
3188 /**
3189 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3190 *
3191 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3192 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3193 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3194 * @since 1.16
3195 */
3196 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3197
3198 /**
3199 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3200 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3201 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3202 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3203 * @since 1.24
3204 */
3205 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3206
3207 /**
3208 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3209 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3210 * stable and change has been communicated.
3211 * @since 1.24
3212 */
3213 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3214
3215 /**
3216 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3217 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3218 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3219 *
3220 * @since 1.28
3221 */
3222 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3223
3224 /**
3225 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3226 *
3227 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3228 *
3229 * @par Example:
3230 * @code
3231 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3232 * @endcode
3233 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3234 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3235 *
3236 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3237 */
3238 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3242 *
3243 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3244 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3245 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3246 */
3247 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3248
3249 /**
3250 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3251 */
3252 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3256 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3257 */
3258 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3262 *
3263 * @since 1.24
3264 */
3265 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3266
3267 /**
3268 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3269 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3270 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3271 */
3272 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3273
3274 /**
3275 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3276 */
3277 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Allow user Javascript page?
3281 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3282 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3283 */
3284 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3288 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3289 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3290 */
3291 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3292
3293 /**
3294 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3295 *
3296 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3297 * are availabe to users.
3298 */
3299 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3300
3301 /**
3302 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3303 */
3304 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 */
3309 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3310
3311 /**
3312 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3313 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3314 */
3315 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3319 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3320 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3321 *
3322 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3323 *
3324 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3325 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3326 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3327 *
3328 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3329 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3330 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3331 * recommended.
3332 *
3333 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3334 * not just edit pages.
3335 */
3336 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3337
3338 /**
3339 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3340 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3341 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3342 * Options are:
3343 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3344 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3345 * - false: Allow all framing.
3346 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3347 */
3348 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3349
3350 /**
3351 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3352 */
3353 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3354
3355 /**
3356 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3357 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3358 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3359 *
3360 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3361 */
3362 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3363
3364 /**
3365 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3366 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3367 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3368 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3369 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3370 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3371 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3372 *
3373 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3374 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3375 * a page.
3376 *
3377 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3378 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3379 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3380 * would still work.
3381 *
3382 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3383 *
3384 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3385 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3386 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3387 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3388 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3389 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3390 * fragment mode is used.
3391 *
3392 * @since 1.30
3393 */
3394 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3395
3396 /**
3397 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3398 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3399 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3400 * to 'html5'.
3401 *
3402 * @since 1.30
3403 */
3404 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3408 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3409 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3410 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3411 *
3412 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3413 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3414 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3415 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3416 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3417 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3418 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3419 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3420 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3421 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3422 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3423 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3424 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3425 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3426 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3427 * not be outputted
3428 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3429 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3430 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3431 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3432 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3433 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3434 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3435 */
3436 $wgFooterIcons = [
3437 "copyright" => [
3438 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3439 ],
3440 "poweredby" => [
3441 "mediawiki" => [
3442 // Defaults to point at
3443 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3444 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3445 "src" => null,
3446 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3447 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3448 ]
3449 ],
3450 ];
3451
3452 /**
3453 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3454 * to create an account.
3455 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3456 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3457 */
3458 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3459
3460 /**
3461 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3462 */
3463 $wgEdititis = false;
3464
3465 /**
3466 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3467 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3468 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3469 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3470 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3471 *
3472 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3473 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3474 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3475 */
3476 $wgSend404Code = true;
3477
3478 /**
3479 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3480 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3481 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3482 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3483 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3484 *
3485 * @since 1.20
3486 */
3487 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3488
3489 /**
3490 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3491 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3492 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3493 * unconditionally.
3494 */
3495 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3496
3497 /**
3498 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3499 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3500 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3501 * the domain root.
3502 *
3503 * @since 1.25
3504 */
3505 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3506
3507 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3508
3509 /*************************************************************************//**
3510 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3511 * @{
3512 */
3513
3514 /**
3515 * Client-side resource modules.
3516 *
3517 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3518 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3519 *
3520 * @par Example:
3521 * @code
3522 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3523 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3524 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3525 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3526 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3527 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3528 * ];
3529 * @endcode
3530 */
3531 $wgResourceModules = [];
3532
3533 /**
3534 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3535 *
3536 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3537 * not be modified or disabled.
3538 *
3539 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3540 *
3541 * @par Example:
3542 * @code
3543 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3544 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3545 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3546 * ];
3547 *
3548 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3549 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3550 * ];
3551 * @endcode
3552 *
3553 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3554 *
3555 * @par Equivalent:
3556 * @code
3557 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3558 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3559 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3560 * 'skinStyles' => [
3561 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3562 * ],
3563 * ];
3564 * @endcode
3565 *
3566 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3567 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3568 *
3569 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3570 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3571 *
3572 * @par Example:
3573 * @code
3574 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3575 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3576 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3577 * 'skinStyles' => [
3578 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3579 * ],
3580 * ];
3581 * // Note the '+' character:
3582 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3583 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3584 * ];
3585 * @endcode
3586 *
3587 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3588 *
3589 * @par Equivalent:
3590 * @code
3591 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3592 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3593 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3594 * 'skinStyles' => [
3595 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3596 * 'foo' => [
3597 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3598 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3599 * ],
3600 * ],
3601 * ];
3602 * @endcode
3603 *
3604 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3605 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3606 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3607 *
3608 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3609 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3610 *
3611 * @par Example:
3612 * @code
3613 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3614 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3615 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3616 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3617 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3618 * ];
3619 * @endcode
3620 */
3621 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3622
3623 /**
3624 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3625 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3626 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3627 *
3628 * @par Example:
3629 * @code
3630 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3631 * @endcode
3632 */
3633 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3634
3635 /**
3636 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3637 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3638 */
3639 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3640
3641 /**
3642 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3643 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3644 *
3645 * Following options to distinguish:
3646 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3647 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3648 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3649 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3650 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3651 *
3652 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3653 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3654 * client and MediaWiki.
3655 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3656 */
3657 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3658 'versioned' => [
3659 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3660 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3661 ],
3662 'unversioned' => [
3663 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3664 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3665 ],
3666 ];
3667
3668 /**
3669 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3670 *
3671 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3672 */
3673 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3674
3675 /**
3676 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3677 *
3678 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3679 */
3680 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3681
3682 /**
3683 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3684 *
3685 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3686 * work.
3687 *
3688 * @par Example of legacy code:
3689 * @code{,js}
3690 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3691 * @endcode
3692 * or:
3693 * @code{,js}
3694 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3695 * @endcode
3696 *
3697 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3698 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3699 * @code{,js}
3700 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3701 * @endcode
3702 * or:
3703 * @code{,js}
3704 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3705 * @endcode
3706 */
3707 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3708
3709 /**
3710 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3711 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3712 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3713 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3714 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3715 * that you can't increase.
3716 *
3717 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3718 * string length limit.
3719 *
3720 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3721 */
3722 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3723
3724 /**
3725 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3726 * prior to minification to validate it.
3727 *
3728 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3729 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3730 */
3731 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3732
3733 /**
3734 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3735 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3736 *
3737 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3738 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3739 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3740 */
3741 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3742
3743 /**
3744 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3745 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3746 *
3747 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3748 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3749 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3750 *
3751 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3752 *
3753 * @par Example:
3754 * @code
3755 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3756 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3757 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3758 * ];
3759 * @endcode
3760 * @since 1.22
3761 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3762 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3763 */
3764 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3765 /**
3766 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3767 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3768 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3769 * @since 1.27
3770 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3771 */
3772 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3773 ];
3774
3775 /**
3776 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3777 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3778 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3779 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3780 *
3781 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3782 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3783 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3784 * files from its own tree.
3785 *
3786 * @since 1.22
3787 */
3788 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3789 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3790 ];
3791
3792 /**
3793 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3794 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3795 */
3796 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3797
3798 /**
3799 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3800 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3801 *
3802 * @since 1.23
3803 */
3804 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3805
3806 /**
3807 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3808 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3809 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3810 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3811 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3812 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3813 * from the rest of the site.
3814 *
3815 * @since 1.25
3816 */
3817 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3818
3819 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3820
3821 /*************************************************************************//**
3822 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3823 * @{
3824 */
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3828 * used instead.
3829 */
3830 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3831
3832 /**
3833 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3834 *
3835 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3836 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3837 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3838 */
3839 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3840
3841 /**
3842 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3843 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3844 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3845 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3846 * hook or extension.json.
3847 *
3848 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3849 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3850 * the new namespace name.
3851 *
3852 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3853 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3854 *
3855 * @par Example:
3856 * @code
3857 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3858 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3859 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3860 * 102 => "Aide",
3861 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3862 * ];
3863 * @endcode
3864 *
3865 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3866 */
3867 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3868
3869 /**
3870 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3871 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3872 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3873 * @since 1.18
3874 */
3875 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3876
3877 /**
3878 * Namespace aliases.
3879 *
3880 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3881 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3882 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3883 * name.
3884 *
3885 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3886 *
3887 * @par Example:
3888 * @code
3889 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3890 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3891 * 'Help' => 100,
3892 * ];
3893 * @endcode
3894 */
3895 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3899 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3900 *
3901 * Problematic punctuation:
3902 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3903 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3904 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3905 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3906 * corrupted by apache
3907 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3908 *
3909 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3910 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3911 *
3912 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3913 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3914 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3915 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3916 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3917 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3918 *
3919 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3920 */
3921 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3922
3923 /**
3924 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3925 *
3926 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3927 */
3928 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3929
3930 /**
3931 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3932 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3933 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3934 *
3935 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3936 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3937 */
3938 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3939
3940 /**
3941 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3942 */
3943 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3944
3945 /**
3946 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3947 * @{
3948 */
3949
3950 /**
3951 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3952 * database (.cdb) file.
3953 *
3954 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3955 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3956 * formats such as the following:
3957 *
3958 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3959 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3960 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3961 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3962 *
3963 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3964 * data layout.
3965 *
3966 * @var bool|array|string
3967 */
3968 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3972 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3973 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3974 * - 3: site levels
3975 */
3976 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3980 */
3981 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3982
3983 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3984
3985 /**
3986 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3987 * @{
3988 */
3989
3990 /**
3991 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3992 */
3993 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3994
3995 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3996
3997 /**
3998 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3999 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4000 * as 'redirected from' links.
4001 *
4002 * @par Example:
4003 * It might look something like this:
4004 * @code
4005 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4006 * @endcode
4007 *
4008 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4009 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4010 * the URL.
4011 */
4012 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4013
4014 /**
4015 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4016 *
4017 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4018 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4019 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4020 */
4021 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4022
4023 /**
4024 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4025 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4026 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4027 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4028 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4029 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4030 * NS_FILE.
4031 *
4032 * @par Example:
4033 * @code
4034 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4035 * @endcode
4036 */
4037 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4038
4039 /**
4040 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4041 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4042 */
4043 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4044 NS_TALK => true,
4045 NS_USER => true,
4046 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4047 NS_PROJECT => true,
4048 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4049 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4050 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4051 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4052 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4053 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4054 NS_HELP => true,
4055 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4056 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4057 ];
4058
4059 /**
4060 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4061 *
4062 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4063 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4064 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4065 *
4066 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4067 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4068 *
4069 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4070 * the new extension registration system.
4071 *
4072 * @since 1.23
4073 */
4074 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4075
4076 /**
4077 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4078 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4079 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4080 * number of articles in the wiki.
4081 */
4082 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4086 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4087 * be shown on that page.
4088 * @since 1.30
4089 */
4090 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4094 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4095 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4096 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4097 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4098 */
4099 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4100
4101 /**
4102 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4103 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4104 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4105 */
4106 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4107
4108 /**
4109 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4110 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4111 * will make the redirect fail.
4112 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4113 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4114 *
4115 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4116 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4117 */
4118 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4119
4120 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4121
4122 /************************************************************************//**
4123 * @name Parser settings
4124 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4125 * @{
4126 */
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4130 *
4131 * class The class name
4132 *
4133 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4134 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4135 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4136 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4137 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4138 *
4139 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4140 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4141 *
4142 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4143 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4144 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4145 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4146 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4147 * an extension setup function.
4148 */
4149 $wgParserConf = [
4150 'class' => Parser::class,
4151 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4152 ];
4153
4154 /**
4155 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4156 */
4157 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4158
4159 /**
4160 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4161 * by PPFrame::expand()
4162 */
4163 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4164
4165 /**
4166 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4167 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4168 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4169 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4170 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4171 *
4172 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4173 */
4174 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4175
4176 /**
4177 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4178 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4179 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4180 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4181 */
4182 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4183
4184 /**
4185 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4186 */
4187 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4188
4189 /**
4190 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4191 *
4192 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4193 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4194 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4195 * more information.
4196 *
4197 * @see wfParseUrl
4198 */
4199 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4200 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4201 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4202 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4203 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4204 ];
4205
4206 /**
4207 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4208 */
4209 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4210
4211 /**
4212 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4213 */
4214 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4215
4216 /**
4217 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4218 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4219 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4220 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4221 *
4222 * @par Examples:
4223 * @code
4224 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4225 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4226 * @endcode
4227 */
4228 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4229
4230 /**
4231 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4232 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4233 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4234 * The image will be displayed.
4235 *
4236 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4237 * Or false to disable it
4238 */
4239 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4243 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4244 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4245 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4246 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4247 * sites they control.
4248 */
4249 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4250
4251 /**
4252 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4253 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4254 * library; historically, Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" was typically used.
4255 * See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4256 *
4257 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4258 * parameters will be used instead.
4259 *
4260 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4261 *
4262 * Keys are:
4263 * - driver: May be:
4264 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4265 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4266 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4267 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4268 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4269 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4270 *
4271 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4272 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4273 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4274 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4275 */
4276 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4277
4278 /**
4279 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4280 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4281 */
4282 $wgUseTidy = false;
4283
4284 /**
4285 * The path to the tidy binary.
4286 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4287 */
4288 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4289
4290 /**
4291 * The path to the tidy config file
4292 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4293 */
4294 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4295
4296 /**
4297 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4298 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4299 */
4300 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4301
4302 /**
4303 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4304 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4305 */
4306 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4307
4308 /**
4309 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4310 * Only works for internal tidy.
4311 */
4312 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4313
4314 /**
4315 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4316 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4317 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4318 */
4319 $wgRawHtml = false;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4323 *
4324 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4325 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4326 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4327 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4328 * to some of your users.
4329 */
4330 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4331
4332 /**
4333 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4334 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4335 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4336 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4337 */
4338 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4342 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4343 */
4344 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4345
4346 /**
4347 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4348 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4349 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4350 *
4351 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4352 *
4353 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4354 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4355 * etc.
4356 *
4357 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4358 */
4359 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4360
4361 /**
4362 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4363 */
4364 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4365
4366 /**
4367 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4368 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4369 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4370 */
4371 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4372
4373 /**
4374 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4375 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4376 */
4377 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4381 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4382 */
4383 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4384
4385 /**
4386 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4387 */
4388 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4389
4390 /**
4391 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4392 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4393 */
4394 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4395
4396 /**
4397 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4398 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4399 *
4400 * @since 1.28
4401 */
4402 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4403 'ISBN' => false,
4404 'PMID' => false,
4405 'RFC' => false
4406 ];
4407
4408 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4409
4410 /************************************************************************//**
4411 * @name Statistics
4412 * @{
4413 */
4414
4415 /**
4416 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4417 * as a valid article.
4418 *
4419 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4420 *
4421 * This variable can have the following values:
4422 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4423 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4424 *
4425 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4426 *
4427 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4428 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4429 * script.
4430 */
4431 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4432
4433 /**
4434 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4435 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4436 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4437 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4438 * numbers between different wikis.
4439 */
4440 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4441
4442 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4443
4444 /************************************************************************//**
4445 * @name User accounts, authentication
4446 * @{
4447 */
4448
4449 /**
4450 * Central ID lookup providers
4451 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4452 * @since 1.27
4453 */
4454 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4455 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4456 ];
4457
4458 /**
4459 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4460 * @var string
4461 */
4462 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4463
4464 /**
4465 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4466 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4467 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4468 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4469 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4470 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4471 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4472 * Statements:
4473 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4474 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4475 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4476 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4477 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4478 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4479 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4480 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4481 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4482 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4483 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4484 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4485 * @since 1.26
4486 */
4487 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4488 'policies' => [
4489 'bureaucrat' => [
4490 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4491 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4492 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4493 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4494 ],
4495 'sysop' => [
4496 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4497 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4498 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4499 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4500 ],
4501 'bot' => [
4502 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4503 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4504 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4505 ],
4506 'default' => [
4507 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4508 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4509 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4510 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4511 ],
4512 ],
4513 'checks' => [
4514 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4515 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4516 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4517 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4518 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4519 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4520 ],
4521 ];
4522
4523 /**
4524 * Configure AuthManager
4525 *
4526 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4527 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4528 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4529 * (default is 0).
4530 *
4531 * Elements are:
4532 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4533 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4534 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4535 *
4536 * @since 1.27
4537 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4538 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4539 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4540 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4541 */
4542 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4543
4544 /**
4545 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4546 * @since 1.27
4547 */
4548 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4549 'preauth' => [
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'sort' => 0,
4553 ],
4554 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4555 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4556 'sort' => 0,
4557 ],
4558 ],
4559 'primaryauth' => [
4560 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4561 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4562 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4563 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4564 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4565 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4566 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4567 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4568 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4569 'args' => [ [
4570 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4571 'authoritative' => false,
4572 ] ],
4573 'sort' => 0,
4574 ],
4575 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4576 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4577 'args' => [ [
4578 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4579 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4580 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4581 // password") if it too fails.
4582 'authoritative' => true,
4583 ] ],
4584 'sort' => 100,
4585 ],
4586 ],
4587 'secondaryauth' => [
4588 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4589 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4590 'sort' => 0,
4591 ],
4592 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4593 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4594 'sort' => 100,
4595 ],
4596 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4597 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4598 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4599 // 'sort' => 100,
4600 // ],
4601 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4602 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4603 'sort' => 200,
4604 ],
4605 ],
4606 ];
4607
4608 /**
4609 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4610 *
4611 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4612 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4613 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4614 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4615 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4616 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4617 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4618 * that needs to do this.
4619 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4620 * the last X seconds.
4621 * - Come up with a third option.
4622 *
4623 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4624 * "X seconds".
4625 *
4626 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4627 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4628 * - LinkAccounts
4629 * - UnlinkAccount
4630 * - ChangeCredentials
4631 * - RemoveCredentials
4632 * - ChangeEmail
4633 *
4634 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4635 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4636 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4637 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4638 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4639 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4640 *
4641 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4642 *
4643 * @since 1.27
4644 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4645 */
4646 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4647 'default' => 300,
4648 ];
4649
4650 /**
4651 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4652 *
4653 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4654 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4655 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4656 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4657 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4658 *
4659 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4660 *
4661 * @since 1.27
4662 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4663 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4664 */
4665 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4666 'default' => true,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4671 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4672 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4673 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4674 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4675 * @since 1.27
4676 * @var string[]
4677 */
4678 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4679 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4680 ];
4681
4682 /**
4683 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4684 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4685 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4686 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4687 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4688 * @since 1.27
4689 * @var string[]
4690 */
4691 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4692 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4693 ];
4694
4695 /**
4696 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4697 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4698 */
4699 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4700
4701 /**
4702 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4703 * words are allowed.
4704 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4705 */
4706 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4707
4708 /**
4709 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4710 *
4711 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4712 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4713 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4714 *
4715 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4716 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4717 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4718 */
4719 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4720
4721 /**
4722 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4723 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4724 * @since 1.23
4725 */
4726 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4727
4728 /**
4729 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4730 *
4731 * @since 1.24
4732 */
4733 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4734
4735 /**
4736 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4737 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4738 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4739 *
4740 * An advanced example:
4741 * @code
4742 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4743 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4744 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4745 * 'secrets' => [],
4746 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4747 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4748 * 'cost' => 5,
4749 * ];
4750 * @endcode
4751 *
4752 * @since 1.24
4753 */
4754 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4755 'A' => [
4756 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4757 ],
4758 'B' => [
4759 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4760 ],
4761 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4762 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4763 'types' => [
4764 'A',
4765 'pbkdf2',
4766 ],
4767 ],
4768 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4769 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4770 'types' => [
4771 'B',
4772 'pbkdf2',
4773 ],
4774 ],
4775 'bcrypt' => [
4776 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4777 'cost' => 9,
4778 ],
4779 'pbkdf2' => [
4780 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4781 'algo' => 'sha512',
4782 'cost' => '30000',
4783 'length' => '64',
4784 ],
4785 ];
4786
4787 /**
4788 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4789 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4790 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4791 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4792 */
4793 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4794 'username' => true,
4795 'email' => true,
4796 ];
4797
4798 /**
4799 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4800 */
4801 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4802
4803 /**
4804 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4805 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4806 */
4807 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4808
4809 /**
4810 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4811 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4812 */
4813 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4814 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4815 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4816 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4817 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4818 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4819 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4820 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4821 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4822 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4823 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4824 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4825 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4826 ];
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4830 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4831 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4832 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4833 */
4834 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4835 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4836 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4837 'date' => 'default',
4838 'diffonly' => 0,
4839 'disablemail' => 0,
4840 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4841 'editondblclick' => 0,
4842 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4843 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4844 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4845 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4846 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4847 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4848 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4849 'fancysig' => 0,
4850 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4851 'gender' => 'unknown',
4852 'hideminor' => 0,
4853 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4854 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4855 'imagesize' => 2,
4856 'minordefault' => 0,
4857 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4858 'nickname' => '',
4859 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4860 'numberheadings' => 0,
4861 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4862 'previewontop' => 1,
4863 'rcdays' => 7,
4864 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4865 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4866 'rclimit' => 50,
4867 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4868 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4869 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4870 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4871 'skin' => false,
4872 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4873 'thumbsize' => 5,
4874 'underline' => 2,
4875 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4876 'usenewrc' => 1,
4877 'watchcreations' => 1,
4878 'watchdefault' => 1,
4879 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4880 'watchuploads' => 1,
4881 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4882 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4883 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4884 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4887 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4888 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4889 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4890 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4891 'watchmoves' => 0,
4892 'watchrollback' => 0,
4893 'wllimit' => 250,
4894 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4895 'prefershttps' => 1,
4896 ];
4897
4898 /**
4899 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4900 */
4901 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4902
4903 /**
4904 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4905 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4906 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4907 */
4908 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4909
4910 /**
4911 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4912 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4913 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4914 *
4915 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4916 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4917 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4918 */
4919 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4920
4921 /**
4922 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4923 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4924 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4925 * @since 1.17
4926 */
4927 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4931 *
4932 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4933 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4934 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4935 *
4936 * @since 1.27
4937 * @var string|null
4938 */
4939 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4940
4941 /**
4942 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4943 *
4944 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4945 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4946 *
4947 * @since 1.27
4948 */
4949 $wgSessionProviders = [
4950 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4951 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4952 'args' => [ [
4953 'priority' => 30,
4954 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4955 ] ],
4956 ],
4957 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4958 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4959 'args' => [ [
4960 'priority' => 75,
4961 ] ],
4962 ],
4963 ];
4964
4965 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4966
4967 /************************************************************************//**
4968 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4969 * @{
4970 */
4971
4972 /**
4973 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4974 */
4975 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4976
4977 /**
4978 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4979 */
4980 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4981
4982 /**
4983 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4984 */
4985 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4989 *
4990 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4991 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4992 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4993 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4994 *
4995 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4996 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4997 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4998 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4999 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5000 */
5001 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5002 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5003 'IPv6' => 19,
5004 ];
5005
5006 /**
5007 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5008 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5009 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5010 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5011 * anonymous visitors.
5012 */
5013 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5014
5015 /**
5016 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5017 *
5018 * @par Example:
5019 * @code
5020 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5021 * @endcode
5022 *
5023 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5024 *
5025 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5026 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5027 *
5028 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5029 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5030 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5031 *
5032 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5033 * hook instead.
5034 */
5035 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5036
5037 /**
5038 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5039 *
5040 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5041 * is without underscore.
5042 *
5043 * @par Example:
5044 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5045 * @code
5046 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5047 * @endcode
5048 *
5049 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5050 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5051 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5052 *
5053 * @par Example:
5054 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5055 * @code
5056 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5057 * @endcode
5058 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5059 *
5060 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5061 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5062 */
5063 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5064
5065 /**
5066 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5067 * address before being allowed to edit?
5068 */
5069 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5070
5071 /**
5072 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5073 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5074 */
5075 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5076
5077 /**
5078 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5079 *
5080 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5081 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5082 *
5083 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5084 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5085 *
5086 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5087 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5088 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5089 * in in the user_groups table.
5090 *
5091 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5092 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5093 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5094 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5095 *
5096 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5097 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5098 *
5099 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5100 */
5101 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5102
5103 /** @cond file_level_code */
5104 // Implicit group for all visitors
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5116 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5117
5118 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5141
5142 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5145
5146 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5147 // from various log pages by default
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5156
5157 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5161 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5163 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5165 // can view deleted revision text
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5198 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5199 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5203
5204 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5207 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5208 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5209 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5211
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5213 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5214 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5216 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5218 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5220 // For private suppression log access
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5222
5223 /**
5224 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5225 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5226 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5227 * server.
5228 */
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5230
5231 /** @endcond */
5232
5233 /**
5234 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5235 *
5236 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5237 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5238 *
5239 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5240 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5241 */
5242 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5243
5244 /**
5245 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5246 */
5247 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5248
5249 /**
5250 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5251 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5252 *
5253 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5254 * group".
5255 *
5256 * @par Example:
5257 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5258 * @code
5259 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5260 * @endcode
5261 *
5262 * @par Example:
5263 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5264 * @code
5265 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5266 * @endcode
5267 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5268 * any group that they happen to be in.
5269 */
5270 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5271
5272 /**
5273 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5274 */
5275 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5279 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5280 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5281 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5282 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5283 */
5284 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5285
5286 /**
5287 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5288 *
5289 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5290 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5291 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5292 *
5293 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5294 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5295 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5296 */
5297 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5298
5299 /**
5300 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5301 *
5302 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5303 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5304 *
5305 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5306 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5307 */
5308 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5309
5310 /**
5311 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5312 *
5313 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5314 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5315 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5316 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5317 * "semiprotected".
5318 *
5319 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5320 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5321 */
5322 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5326 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5327 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5328 *
5329 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5330 */
5331 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5332
5333 /**
5334 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5335 *
5336 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5337 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5338 *
5339 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5340 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5341 */
5342 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5346 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5347 * privileges of new accounts.
5348 *
5349 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5350 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5351 *
5352 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5353 *
5354 * @par Example:
5355 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5356 * @code
5357 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5358 * @endcode
5359 * Set age to one day:
5360 * @code
5361 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5362 * @endcode
5363 */
5364 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5365
5366 /**
5367 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5368 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5369 *
5370 * @par Example:
5371 * @code
5372 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5373 * @endcode
5374 */
5375 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5376
5377 /**
5378 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5379 *
5380 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5381 *
5382 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5383 * 'groupname' => cond,
5384 * 'group2' => cond2,
5385 * );
5386 *
5387 * A `cond` may be:
5388 * - a single condition without arguments:
5389 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5390 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5391 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5392 * - a single condition with arguments:
5393 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5394 * - a set of conditions:
5395 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5396 *
5397 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5398 * - `&` (**AND**):
5399 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5400 * - `|` (**OR**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5402 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5403 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5404 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5405 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5406 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5407 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5408 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5409 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5410 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5411 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5412 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5413 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5414 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5415 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5416 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5417 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5418 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5419 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5420 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5421 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5422 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5423 * true if the user is blocked
5424 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5425 * true if the user is a bot
5426 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5427 *
5428 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5429 * linked by operands.
5430 *
5431 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5432 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5433 */
5434 $wgAutopromote = [
5435 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5436 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5437 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5438 ],
5439 ];
5440
5441 /**
5442 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5443 *
5444 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5445 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5446 *
5447 * The format is:
5448 * @code
5449 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5450 * @endcode
5451 * Where event is either:
5452 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5453 *
5454 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5455 *
5456 * @see $wgAutopromote
5457 * @since 1.18
5458 */
5459 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5460 'onEdit' => [],
5461 ];
5462
5463 /**
5464 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5465 * @since 1.18
5466 */
5467 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5468
5469 /**
5470 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5471 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5472 *
5473 * @par Example:
5474 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5475 * @code
5476 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5477 * @endcode
5478 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5479 * @code
5480 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5481 * @endcode
5482 * Sysops can make bots:
5483 * @code
5484 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5485 * @endcode
5486 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5487 * @code
5488 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5489 * @endcode
5490 */
5491 $wgAddGroups = [];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * @see $wgAddGroups
5495 */
5496 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5497
5498 /**
5499 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5500 * For extensions only.
5501 */
5502 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5503
5504 /**
5505 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5506 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5507 */
5508 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5509
5510 /**
5511 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5512 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5513 * This is limited for performance reason.
5514 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5515 * @since 1.23
5516 */
5517 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5518
5519 /**
5520 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5521 *
5522 * @par Example:
5523 * @code
5524 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5525 * // no more than 100 per month
5526 * [
5527 * 'count' => 100,
5528 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5529 * ],
5530 * // no more than 10 per day
5531 * [
5532 * 'count' => 10,
5533 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5534 * ],
5535 * ];
5536 * @endcode
5537 *
5538 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5539 */
5540 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5541 'count' => 0,
5542 'seconds' => 86400,
5543 ] ];
5544
5545 /**
5546 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5547 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5548 *
5549 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5550 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5551 *
5552 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5553 *
5554 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5555 */
5556 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5557
5558 /**
5559 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5560 */
5561 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5562
5563 /**
5564 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5565 * proxies
5566 * @since 1.16
5567 */
5568 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5569
5570 /**
5571 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5572 *
5573 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5574 * the blacklist require a key).
5575 *
5576 * @par Example:
5577 * @code
5578 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5579 * // String containing URL
5580 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5581 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5582 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5583 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5584 * // just use a string as shown above
5585 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5586 * ];
5587 * @endcode
5588 *
5589 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5590 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5591 * @since 1.16
5592 */
5593 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5594
5595 /**
5596 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5597 * what the other methods might say.
5598 */
5599 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5600
5601 /**
5602 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5603 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5604 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5605 * @since 1.29
5606 * @var string[]
5607 */
5608 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5609
5610 /**
5611 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5612 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5613 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5614 */
5615 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5616
5617 /**
5618 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5619 *
5620 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5621 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5622 * elapses.
5623 *
5624 * @par Example:
5625 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5626 * @code
5627 * $wgRateLimits = [
5628 * 'edit' => [
5629 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5630 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5631 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5632 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5633 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5634 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5635 * ]
5636 * ];
5637 * @endcode
5638 *
5639 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5640 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5641 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5642 * @code
5643 * $wgRateLimits = [
5644 * 'some-action' => [
5645 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5646 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5647 * ];
5648 * @endcode
5649 *
5650 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5651 */
5652 $wgRateLimits = [
5653 // Page edits
5654 'edit' => [
5655 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5656 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5657 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5658 ],
5659 // Page moves
5660 'move' => [
5661 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5662 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5663 ],
5664 // File uploads
5665 'upload' => [
5666 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5667 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5668 ],
5669 // Page rollbacks
5670 'rollback' => [
5671 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5672 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5673 ],
5674 // Triggering password resets emails
5675 'mailpassword' => [
5676 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5677 ],
5678 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5679 'emailuser' => [
5680 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5681 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5682 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5683 ],
5684 'changeemail' => [
5685 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5686 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5687 ],
5688 // Purging pages
5689 'purge' => [
5690 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5691 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5692 ],
5693 // Purges of link tables
5694 'linkpurge' => [
5695 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5696 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5697 ],
5698 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5699 'renderfile' => [
5700 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5701 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5702 ],
5703 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5704 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5705 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5706 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5707 ],
5708 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5709 'stashedit' => [
5710 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5711 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5712 ],
5713 // Adding or removing change tags
5714 'changetag' => [
5715 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5716 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5717 ],
5718 // Changing the content model of a page
5719 'editcontentmodel' => [
5720 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5721 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5722 ],
5723 ];
5724
5725 /**
5726 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5727 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5728 */
5729 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5730
5731 /**
5732 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5733 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5734 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5735 */
5736 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5737
5738 /**
5739 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5740 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5741 */
5742 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5743
5744 /**
5745 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5746 *
5747 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5748 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5749 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5750 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5751 *
5752 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5753 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5754 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5755 */
5756 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5757 // Short term limit
5758 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5759 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5760 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5761 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5762 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5763 ];
5764
5765 /**
5766 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5767 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5768 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5769 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5770 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5771 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5772 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5773 * @since 1.27
5774 */
5775 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5776
5777 // @TODO: clean up grants
5778 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5779
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5790
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5795
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5800
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5803
5804 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5809
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5837
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5842
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5846
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5848
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5865
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5867
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5869
5870 /**
5871 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5872 * @since 1.27
5873 */
5874 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5875 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5876 'basic' => 'hidden',
5877
5878 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5879 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5880 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5881 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5882
5883 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5884 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5885
5886 'sendemail' => 'email',
5887
5888 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5889 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5890
5891 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5892 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5893
5894 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5895 'rollback' => 'administration',
5896 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5897 'delete' => 'administration',
5898 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5899 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5900 'protect' => 'administration',
5901 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5902
5903 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5904
5905 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5906 ];
5907
5908 /**
5909 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5910 * @since 1.27
5911 */
5912 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5913
5914 /**
5915 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5916 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5917 * @since 1.27
5918 */
5919 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5920
5921 /**
5922 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5923 *
5924 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5925 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5926 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5927 * @since 1.27
5928 */
5929 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5930
5931 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5932
5933 /************************************************************************//**
5934 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5935 * @{
5936 */
5937
5938 /**
5939 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5940 */
5941 $wgSecretKey = false;
5942
5943 /**
5944 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5945 *
5946 * This can have the following formats:
5947 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5948 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5949 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5950 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5951 */
5952 $wgProxyList = [];
5953
5954 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5955
5956 /************************************************************************//**
5957 * @name Cookie settings
5958 * @{
5959 */
5960
5961 /**
5962 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5963 */
5964 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5968 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5969 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5970 * login cookies session-only.
5971 */
5972 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5973
5974 /**
5975 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5976 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5977 */
5978 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5982 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5983 */
5984 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5985
5986 /**
5987 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5988 * - true: Set secure flag
5989 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5990 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5991 */
5992 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5993
5994 /**
5995 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5996 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5997 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5998 * check.
5999 */
6000 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6001
6002 /**
6003 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6004 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6005 * name to be used as a prefix.
6006 */
6007 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6011 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6012 * XSS attack.
6013 */
6014 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6015
6016 /**
6017 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6018 */
6019 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Override to customise the session name
6023 */
6024 $wgSessionName = false;
6025
6026 /**
6027 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6028 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6029 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6030 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6031 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6032 */
6033 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6034
6035 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6036
6037 /************************************************************************//**
6038 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6039 * @{
6040 */
6041
6042 /**
6043 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6044 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6045 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6046 * Please see math/README for more information.
6047 */
6048 $wgUseTeX = false;
6049
6050 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6051
6052 /************************************************************************//**
6053 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6054 *
6055 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6056 *
6057 * @{
6058 */
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6062 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6063 * may contain private data.
6064 */
6065 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6066
6067 /**
6068 * Prefix for debug log lines
6069 */
6070 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6071
6072 /**
6073 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6074 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6075 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6076 */
6077 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6078
6079 /**
6080 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6081 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6082 * and gen=js requests.
6083 */
6084 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6088 *
6089 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6090 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6091 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6092 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6093 */
6094 $wgDebugComments = false;
6095
6096 /**
6097 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6098 *
6099 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6100 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6101 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6102 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6103 */
6104 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6105
6106 /**
6107 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6108 *
6109 * @since 1.26
6110 */
6111 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6112 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6113 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6114 'GET' => [
6115 'masterConns' => 0,
6116 'writes' => 0,
6117 'readQueryTime' => 5
6118 ],
6119 // HTTP POST requests.
6120 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6121 'POST' => [
6122 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6123 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6124 'maxAffected' => 1000
6125 ],
6126 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6127 'masterConns' => 0,
6128 'writes' => 0,
6129 'readQueryTime' => 5
6130 ],
6131 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6132 'PostSend-GET' => [
6133 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6134 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6135 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6136 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6137 'masterConns' => 0,
6138 'writes' => 0,
6139 ],
6140 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6141 'PostSend-POST' => [
6142 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6143 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6144 'maxAffected' => 1000
6145 ],
6146 // Background job runner
6147 'JobRunner' => [
6148 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6149 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6150 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6151 ],
6152 // Command-line scripts
6153 'Maintenance' => [
6154 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6155 'maxAffected' => 1000
6156 ]
6157 ];
6158
6159 /**
6160 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6161 *
6162 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6163 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6164 * in production.
6165 *
6166 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6167 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6168 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6169 * - associative array with keys:
6170 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6171 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6172 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6173 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6174 *
6175 * @par Example:
6176 * @code
6177 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6178 * @endcode
6179 *
6180 * @par Advanced example:
6181 * @code
6182 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6183 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6184 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6185 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6186 * ];
6187 * @endcode
6188 */
6189 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6193 *
6194 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6195 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6196 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6197 * details.
6198 *
6199 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6200 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6201 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6202 *
6203 * @par To completely disable logging:
6204 * @code
6205 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6206 * @endcode
6207 *
6208 * @since 1.25
6209 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6210 * @see MwLogger
6211 */
6212 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6213 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6214 ];
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6218 *
6219 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6220 */
6221 $wgShowDebug = false;
6222
6223 /**
6224 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6225 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6226 */
6227 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6228
6229 /**
6230 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6231 */
6232 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6233
6234 /**
6235 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6236 */
6237 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6241 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6242 * to an attacker.
6243 */
6244 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6248 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6249 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6250 * formatting.
6251 */
6252 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6256 *
6257 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6258 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6259 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6260 * exception handler.
6261 */
6262 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6266 */
6267 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6271 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6272 */
6273 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6277 */
6278 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6279
6280 /**
6281 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6282 * Should be a string, default false.
6283 * @since 1.20
6284 */
6285 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6289 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6290 */
6291 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6295 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6296 * after the limit.
6297 */
6298 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6302 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6303 */
6304 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6305
6306 /**
6307 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6308 *
6309 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6310 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6311 */
6312 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6313
6314 /**
6315 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6316 *
6317 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6318 *
6319 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6320 *
6321 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6322 * @since 1.25
6323 */
6324 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6325
6326 /**
6327 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6328 *
6329 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6330 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6331 * @since 1.25
6332 */
6333 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6334
6335 /**
6336 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6337 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6338 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6339 * @since 1.28
6340 */
6341 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6342 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6343 ];
6344
6345 /**
6346 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6347 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6348 * templates.
6349 */
6350 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6351
6352 /**
6353 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6354 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6355 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6356 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6357 */
6358 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6359
6360 /**
6361 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6362 * filename is passed to it.
6363 *
6364 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6365 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6366 *
6367 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6368 *
6369 * Use full paths.
6370 *
6371 * @deprecated since 1.30
6372 */
6373 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6374
6375 /**
6376 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6377 */
6378 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6379
6380 /**
6381 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6382 * @since 1.19
6383 */
6384 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6385
6386 /**
6387 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6388 * queries and other useful output.
6389 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6390 *
6391 * @since 1.19
6392 */
6393 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6394
6395 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6396
6397 /************************************************************************//**
6398 * @name Search
6399 * @{
6400 */
6401
6402 /**
6403 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6404 */
6405 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6409 * by default off due to execution overhead
6410 */
6411 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6412
6413 /**
6414 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6415 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6416 */
6417 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6418
6419 /**
6420 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6421 *
6422 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6423 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6424 *
6425 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6426 *
6427 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6428 */
6429 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6430
6431 /**
6432 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6433 *
6434 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6435 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6436 *
6437 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6438 */
6439 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6440 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6441 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6442 ];
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6446 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6447 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6448 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6449 */
6450 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6454 * OpenSearch call.
6455 */
6456 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6460 */
6461 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6462
6463 /**
6464 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6465 */
6466 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6470 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6471 */
6472 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6473
6474 /**
6475 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6476 *
6477 * @par Example:
6478 * @code
6479 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6480 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6481 * @endcode
6482 */
6483 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6484 NS_MAIN => true,
6485 ];
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6489 * implemented by an extension instead.
6490 */
6491 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6492
6493 /**
6494 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6495 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6496 * search term.
6497 *
6498 * @par Example:
6499 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6500 * @code
6501 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6502 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6503 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6504 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6505 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6506 * @endcode
6507 */
6508 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6509
6510 /**
6511 * Search form behavior.
6512 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6513 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6514 */
6515 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6519 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6520 * generated for all namespaces.
6521 */
6522 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6526 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6527 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6528 *
6529 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6530 * @par Example:
6531 * @code
6532 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6533 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6534 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6535 * ];
6536 * @endcode
6537 */
6538 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6539
6540 /**
6541 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6542 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6543 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6544 */
6545 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6546
6547 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6548
6549 /************************************************************************//**
6550 * @name Edit user interface
6551 * @{
6552 */
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6556 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6557 */
6558 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6559
6560 /**
6561 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6562 */
6563 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6564
6565 /**
6566 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6567 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6568 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6569 */
6570 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6571 NS_CATEGORY => true
6572 ];
6573
6574 /**
6575 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6576 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6577 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6578 */
6579 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6580
6581 /**
6582 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6583 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6584 * ting this variable false.
6585 */
6586 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6587
6588 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6589
6590 /************************************************************************//**
6591 * @name Maintenance
6592 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6593 * @{
6594 */
6595
6596 /**
6597 * @cond file_level_code
6598 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6599 */
6600 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6601 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6602 }
6603 /** @endcond */
6604
6605 /**
6606 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6607 */
6608 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6609
6610 /**
6611 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6612 * used as an explanation to users.
6613 *
6614 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6615 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6616 * option in MySQL.
6617 */
6618 $wgReadOnly = null;
6619
6620 /**
6621 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6622 * @var bool
6623 * @since 1.31
6624 */
6625 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6626
6627 /**
6628 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6629 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6630 * message.
6631 *
6632 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6633 */
6634 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6638 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6639 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6640 *
6641 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6642 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6643 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6644 */
6645 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6646
6647 /**
6648 * Fully specified path to git binary
6649 */
6650 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6651
6652 /**
6653 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6654 *
6655 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6656 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6657 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6658 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6659 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6660 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6661 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6662 *
6663 * @since 1.20
6664 */
6665 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6666 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6667 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6668 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6669 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6670 ];
6671
6672 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6673
6674 /************************************************************************//**
6675 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6676 * @{
6677 */
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6681 * seconds will go.
6682 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6683 */
6684 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6688 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6689 * @since 1.26
6690 */
6691 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6692
6693 /**
6694 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6695 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6696 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6697 * @since 1.26
6698 */
6699 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6700
6701 /**
6702 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6703 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6704 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6705 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6706 * is still there.
6707 */
6708 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6709
6710 /**
6711 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6712 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6713 */
6714 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6715
6716 /**
6717 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6718 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6719 */
6720 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6721
6722 /**
6723 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6724 *
6725 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6726 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6727 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6728 *
6729 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6730 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6731 * passed to the constructor.
6732 *
6733 * Common options:
6734 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6735 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6736 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6737 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6738 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6739 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6740 *
6741 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6742 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6743 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6744 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6745 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6746 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6747 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6748 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6749 *
6750 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6751 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6752 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6753 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6754 *
6755 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6756 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6757 *
6758 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6759 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6760 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6761 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6762 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6763 * ];
6764 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6765 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6766 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6767 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6768 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6769 * ];
6770 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6771 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6772 * ];
6773 * @since 1.22
6774 */
6775 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6776
6777 /**
6778 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6779 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6780 * @since 1.22
6781 */
6782 $wgRCEngines = [
6783 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6784 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6785 ];
6786
6787 /**
6788 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6789 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6790 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6791 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6792 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6793 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6794 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6795 *
6796 * @since 1.27
6797 */
6798 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6799
6800 /**
6801 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6802 * New pages and new files are included.
6803 *
6804 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6805 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6806 * Special:Log.
6807 */
6808 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6809
6810 /**
6811 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6812 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6813 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6814 * that lets users disable them.
6815 *
6816 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6817 *
6818 * @since 1.30
6819 */
6820 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6821
6822 /**
6823 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6824 *
6825 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6826 */
6827 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6828
6829 /**
6830 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6831 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6832 * 0 to disable completely.
6833 */
6834 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6838 *
6839 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6840 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6841 * Special:Log.
6842 */
6843 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6844
6845 /**
6846 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6847 *
6848 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6849 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6850 * Special:Log.
6851 *
6852 * @since 1.27
6853 */
6854 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6855
6856 /**
6857 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6858 */
6859 $wgFeed = true;
6860
6861 /**
6862 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6863 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6864 */
6865 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6869 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6870 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6871 *
6872 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6873 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6874 */
6875 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6876
6877 /**
6878 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6879 * pages larger than this size.
6880 */
6881 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6882
6883 /**
6884 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6885 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6886 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6887 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6888 * as value.
6889 * @par Example:
6890 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6891 * @code
6892 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6893 * @endcode
6894 */
6895 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6896
6897 /**
6898 * Available feeds objects.
6899 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6900 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6901 */
6902 $wgFeedClasses = [
6903 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6904 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6905 ];
6906
6907 /**
6908 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6909 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6910 */
6911 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6912
6913 /**
6914 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6915 */
6916 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6917
6918 /**
6919 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6920 */
6921 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6922
6923 /**
6924 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6925 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6926 * highlighted on the RC page.
6927 */
6928 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6929
6930 /**
6931 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6932 * view for watched pages with new changes
6933 */
6934 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6938 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6939 */
6940 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6941
6942 /**
6943 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6944 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6945 */
6946 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
6950 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
6951 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
6952 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
6953 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
6954 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
6955 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
6956 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
6957 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
6958 *
6959 * @var array
6960 * @since 1.31
6961 */
6962 $wgSoftwareTags = [
6963 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
6964 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
6965 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
6966 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
6967 'mw-blank' => true,
6968 'mw-replace' => true,
6969 'mw-rollback' => true,
6970 'mw-undo' => true,
6971 ];
6972
6973 /**
6974 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6975 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6976 * watchers.
6977 *
6978 * @since 1.21
6979 */
6980 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6984 * certain types of edits.
6985 *
6986 * To register a new one:
6987 * @code
6988 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6989 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6990 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6991 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6992 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6993 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6994 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6995 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6996 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6997 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6998 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6999 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7000 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7001 * ];
7002 * @endcode
7003 *
7004 * @since 1.22
7005 */
7006 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7007 'newpage' => [
7008 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7009 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7010 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7011 'grouping' => 'any',
7012 ],
7013 'minor' => [
7014 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7015 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7016 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7017 'class' => 'minoredit',
7018 'grouping' => 'all',
7019 ],
7020 'bot' => [
7021 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7022 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7023 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7024 'class' => 'botedit',
7025 'grouping' => 'all',
7026 ],
7027 'unpatrolled' => [
7028 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7029 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7030 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7031 'grouping' => 'any',
7032 ],
7033 ];
7034
7035 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7036
7037 /************************************************************************//**
7038 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7039 * @{
7040 */
7041
7042 /**
7043 * Override for copyright metadata.
7044 *
7045 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7046 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7047 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7048 */
7049 $wgRightsPage = null;
7050
7051 /**
7052 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7053 * wiki.
7054 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7055 */
7056 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7057
7058 /**
7059 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7060 * link.
7061 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7062 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7063 */
7064 $wgRightsText = null;
7065
7066 /**
7067 * Override for copyright metadata.
7068 */
7069 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7070
7071 /**
7072 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7073 */
7074 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7075
7076 /**
7077 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7078 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7079 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7080 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7081 * large wikis.
7082 */
7083 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7084
7085 /**
7086 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7087 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7088 */
7089 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7090
7091 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7092
7093 /************************************************************************//**
7094 * @name Import / Export
7095 * @{
7096 */
7097
7098 /**
7099 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7100 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7101 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7102 *
7103 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7104 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7105 * e.g.
7106 * @code
7107 * $wgImportSources = [
7108 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7109 * 'wikispecies',
7110 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7111 * ];
7112 * @endcode
7113 *
7114 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7115 * the ImportSources hook.
7116 *
7117 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7118 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7119 */
7120 $wgImportSources = [];
7121
7122 /**
7123 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7124 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7125 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7126 *
7127 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7128 */
7129 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7130
7131 /**
7132 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7133 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7134 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7135 */
7136 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7137
7138 /**
7139 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7140 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7141 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7142 */
7143 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7147 */
7148 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7149
7150 /**
7151 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7152 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7153 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7154 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7155 * it's disabled by default for now.
7156 *
7157 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7158 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7159 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7160 */
7161 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7162
7163 /**
7164 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7165 */
7166 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7167
7168 /**
7169 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7170 */
7171 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7172
7173 /**
7174 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7175 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7176 *
7177 * @since 1.27
7178 */
7179 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7180
7181 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7182
7183 /*************************************************************************//**
7184 * @name Extensions
7185 * @{
7186 */
7187
7188 /**
7189 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7190 * initialised
7191 */
7192 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7193
7194 /**
7195 * Extension messages files.
7196 *
7197 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7198 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7199 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7200 * is the most common.
7201 *
7202 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7203 * in the core.
7204 *
7205 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7206 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7207 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7208 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7209 *
7210 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7211 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7212 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7213 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7214 *
7215 * @par Example:
7216 * @code
7217 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7218 * @endcode
7219 */
7220 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7221
7222 /**
7223 * Extension messages directories.
7224 *
7225 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7226 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7227 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7228 * message directories.
7229 *
7230 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7231 *
7232 * @par Simple example:
7233 * @code
7234 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7235 * @endcode
7236 *
7237 * @par Complex example:
7238 * @code
7239 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7240 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7241 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7242 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7243 * ]
7244 * @endcode
7245 * @since 1.23
7246 */
7247 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7248
7249 /**
7250 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7251 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7252 * @since 1.22
7253 */
7254 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7255
7256 /**
7257 * Parser output hooks.
7258 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7259 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7260 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7261 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7262 *
7263 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7264 *
7265 * The callback has the form:
7266 * @code
7267 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7268 * @endcode
7269 */
7270 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7271
7272 /**
7273 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7274 */
7275 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7276
7277 /**
7278 * List of valid skin names
7279 *
7280 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7281 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7282 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7283 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7284 */
7285 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7286
7287 /**
7288 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7289 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7290 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7291 * SpecialPage.
7292 */
7293 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7294
7295 /**
7296 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7297 */
7298 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7299
7300 /**
7301 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7302 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7303 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7304 */
7305 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7306
7307 /**
7308 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7309 *
7310 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7311 *
7312 * @code
7313 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7314 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7315 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7316 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7317 * 'author' => [
7318 * 'Foo Barstein',
7319 * ],
7320 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7321 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7322 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7323 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7324 * ];
7325 * @endcode
7326 *
7327 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7328 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7329 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7330 * interpreted as wikitext.
7331 *
7332 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7333 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7334 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7335 *
7336 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7337 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7338 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7339 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7340 *
7341 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7342 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7343 * usually are.)
7344 *
7345 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7346 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7347 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7348 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7349 *
7350 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7351 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7352 *
7353 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7354 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7355 *
7356 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7357 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7358 */
7359 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7360
7361 /**
7362 * Authentication plugin.
7363 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7364 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7365 */
7366 $wgAuth = null;
7367
7368 /**
7369 * Global list of hooks.
7370 *
7371 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7372 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7373 * internally by Hook:run().
7374 *
7375 * The value can be one of:
7376 *
7377 * - A function name:
7378 * @code
7379 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7380 * @endcode
7381 * - A function with some data:
7382 * @code
7383 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7384 * @endcode
7385 * - A an object method:
7386 * @code
7387 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7388 * @endcode
7389 * - A closure:
7390 * @code
7391 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7392 * // Handler code goes here.
7393 * };
7394 * @endcode
7395 *
7396 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7397 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7398 *
7399 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7400 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7401 */
7402 $wgHooks = [];
7403
7404 /**
7405 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7406 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7407 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7408 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7409 * hook for that.
7410 *
7411 * @see MediaWikiServices
7412 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7413 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7414 */
7415 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7416 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7417 ];
7418
7419 /**
7420 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7421 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7422 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7423 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7424 */
7425 $wgJobClasses = [
7426 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7427 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7428 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7429 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7430 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7431 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7432 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7433 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7434 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7435 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7436 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7437 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7438 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7439 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7440 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7441 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7442 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7443 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7444 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7445 'null' => NullJob::class,
7446 ];
7447
7448 /**
7449 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7450 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7451 *
7452 * These can be:
7453 * - Very long-running jobs.
7454 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7455 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7456 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7457 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7458 */
7459 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7460
7461 /**
7462 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7463 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7464 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7465 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7466 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7467 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7468 * @var float[]
7469 */
7470 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7471
7472 /**
7473 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7474 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7475 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7476 *
7477 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7478 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7479 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7480 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7481 *
7482 * @var float|bool
7483 * @since 1.26
7484 */
7485 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7486
7487 /**
7488 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7489 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7490 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7491 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7492 */
7493 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7494 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7495 ];
7496
7497 /**
7498 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7499 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7500 */
7501 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7502 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7503 ];
7504
7505 /**
7506 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7507 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7508 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7509 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7510 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7511 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7512 * that limit is hit.
7513 *
7514 * @since 1.29
7515 */
7516 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7517
7518 /**
7519 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7520 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7521 */
7522 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7523 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7524 ];
7525
7526 /**
7527 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7528 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7529 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7530 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7531 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7532 */
7533 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7534 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7535 ];
7536
7537 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7538
7539 /*************************************************************************//**
7540 * @name Categories
7541 * @{
7542 */
7543
7544 /**
7545 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7546 */
7547 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7548
7549 /**
7550 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7551 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7552 */
7553 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7554
7555 /**
7556 * Paging limit for categories
7557 */
7558 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7559
7560 /**
7561 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7562 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7563 *
7564 * Available values are:
7565 *
7566 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7567 *
7568 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7569 *
7570 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7571 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7572 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7573 *
7574 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7575 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7576 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7577 * server.
7578 *
7579 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7580 * the sort keys in the database.
7581 *
7582 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7583 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7584 */
7585 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7586
7587 /** @} */ # End categories }
7588
7589 /*************************************************************************//**
7590 * @name Logging
7591 * @{
7592 */
7593
7594 /**
7595 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7596 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7597 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7598 * log type.
7599 */
7600 $wgLogTypes = [
7601 '',
7602 'block',
7603 'protect',
7604 'rights',
7605 'delete',
7606 'upload',
7607 'move',
7608 'import',
7609 'patrol',
7610 'merge',
7611 'suppress',
7612 'tag',
7613 'managetags',
7614 'contentmodel',
7615 ];
7616
7617 /**
7618 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7619 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7620 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7621 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7622 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7623 */
7624 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7625 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7626 ];
7627
7628 /**
7629 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7630 *
7631 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7632 *
7633 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7634 *
7635 * @par Example:
7636 * @code
7637 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7638 * @endcode
7639 *
7640 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7641 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7642 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7643 *
7644 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7645 * for the link text.
7646 */
7647 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7648 'patrol' => true,
7649 'tag' => true,
7650 ];
7651
7652 /**
7653 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7654 * will be listed in the user interface.
7655 *
7656 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7657 *
7658 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7659 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7660 */
7661 $wgLogNames = [
7662 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7663 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7664 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7665 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7666 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7667 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7668 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7669 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7670 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7671 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7672 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7673 ];
7674
7675 /**
7676 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7677 * top of each log type.
7678 *
7679 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7680 *
7681 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7682 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7683 */
7684 $wgLogHeaders = [
7685 '' => 'alllogstext',
7686 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7687 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7688 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7689 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7690 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7691 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7692 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7693 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7694 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7695 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7696 ];
7697
7698 /**
7699 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7700 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7701 *
7702 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7703 */
7704 $wgLogActions = [];
7705
7706 /**
7707 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7708 * not messages.
7709 * @see LogPage::actionText
7710 * @see LogFormatter
7711 */
7712 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7713 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7714 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7715 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7716 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7717 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7718 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7719 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7720 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7721 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7722 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7723 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7724 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7725 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7726 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7727 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7728 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7729 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7730 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7731 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7732 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7733 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7734 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7735 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7736 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7737 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7738 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7739 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7740 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7741 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7742 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7743 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7744 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7745 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7746 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7747 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7748 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7749 ];
7750
7751 /**
7752 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7753 *
7754 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7755 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7756 * Extensions may append to this array
7757 * @since 1.27
7758 */
7759 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7760 'block' => [
7761 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7762 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7763 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7764 ],
7765 'contentmodel' => [
7766 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7767 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7768 ],
7769 'delete' => [
7770 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7771 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7772 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7773 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7774 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7775 ],
7776 'import' => [
7777 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7778 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7779 ],
7780 'managetags' => [
7781 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7782 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7783 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7784 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7785 ],
7786 'move' => [
7787 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7788 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7789 ],
7790 'newusers' => [
7791 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7792 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7793 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7794 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7795 ],
7796 'patrol' => [
7797 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7798 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7799 ],
7800 'protect' => [
7801 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7802 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7803 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7804 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7805 ],
7806 'rights' => [
7807 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7808 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7809 ],
7810 'suppress' => [
7811 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7812 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7813 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7814 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7815 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7816 ],
7817 'upload' => [
7818 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7819 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7820 ],
7821 ];
7822
7823 /**
7824 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7825 */
7826 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7827
7828 /** @} */ # end logging }
7829
7830 /*************************************************************************//**
7831 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7832 * @{
7833 */
7834
7835 /**
7836 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7837 */
7838 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7839
7840 /**
7841 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7842 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7843 */
7844 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7845
7846 /**
7847 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7848 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7849 */
7850 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7851
7852 /**
7853 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7854 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7855 */
7856 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7857
7858 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7859
7860 /*************************************************************************//**
7861 * @name Actions
7862 * @{
7863 */
7864
7865 /**
7866 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7867 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7868 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7869 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7870 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7871 * instead of the default class.
7872 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7873 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7874 */
7875 $wgActions = [
7876 'credits' => true,
7877 'delete' => true,
7878 'edit' => true,
7879 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7880 'history' => true,
7881 'info' => true,
7882 'markpatrolled' => true,
7883 'protect' => true,
7884 'purge' => true,
7885 'raw' => true,
7886 'render' => true,
7887 'revert' => true,
7888 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7889 'rollback' => true,
7890 'submit' => true,
7891 'unprotect' => true,
7892 'unwatch' => true,
7893 'view' => true,
7894 'watch' => true,
7895 ];
7896
7897 /** @} */ # end actions }
7898
7899 /*************************************************************************//**
7900 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7901 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7902 * @{
7903 */
7904
7905 /**
7906 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7907 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7908 * basis.
7909 */
7910 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7911
7912 /**
7913 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7914 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7915 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7916 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7917 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7918 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7919 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7920 *
7921 * @par Example:
7922 * @code
7923 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7924 * @endcode
7925 */
7926 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7930 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7931 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7932 *
7933 * @par Example:
7934 * @code
7935 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7936 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7937 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7938 * ];
7939 * @endcode
7940 *
7941 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7942 * forms:
7943 * @code
7944 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7945 * # Underscore, not space!
7946 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7947 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7948 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7949 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7950 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7951 * ];
7952 * @endcode
7953 */
7954 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7955
7956 /**
7957 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7958 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7959 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7960 *
7961 * @par Example:
7962 * @code
7963 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7964 * @endcode
7965 */
7966 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7967
7968 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7969
7970 /************************************************************************//**
7971 * @name AJAX and API
7972 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7973 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7974 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7975 * @{
7976 */
7977
7978 /**
7979 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7980 * machine-readable data via api.php
7981 *
7982 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7983 *
7984 * @deprecated since 1.31
7985 */
7986 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7987
7988 /**
7989 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7990 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7991 * accesses it
7992 *
7993 * @deprecated since 1.31
7994 */
7995 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7996
7997 /**
7998 *
7999 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8000 *
8001 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8002 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8003 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8004 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8005 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8006 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8007 * requiring POST.
8008 *
8009 * @since 1.21
8010 */
8011 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8012
8013 /**
8014 * API module extensions.
8015 *
8016 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8017 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8018 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8019 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8020 *
8021 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8022 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8023 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8024 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8025 * field.
8026 *
8027 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8028 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8029 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8030 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8031 *
8032 * Examples for registering API modules:
8033 *
8034 * @code
8035 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8036 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8037 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8038 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8039 * ];
8040 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8041 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8042 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8043 * ];
8044 * @endcode
8045 *
8046 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8047 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8048 */
8049 $wgAPIModules = [];
8050
8051 /**
8052 * API format module extensions.
8053 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8054 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8055 *
8056 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8057 */
8058 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8059
8060 /**
8061 * API Query meta module extensions.
8062 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8063 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8064 *
8065 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8066 */
8067 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8068
8069 /**
8070 * API Query prop module extensions.
8071 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8072 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8073 *
8074 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8075 */
8076 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8077
8078 /**
8079 * API Query list module extensions.
8080 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8081 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8082 *
8083 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8084 */
8085 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8086
8087 /**
8088 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8089 * The default value is generally fine
8090 */
8091 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8092
8093 /**
8094 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8095 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8096 */
8097 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8098
8099 /**
8100 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8101 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8102 */
8103 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8104
8105 /**
8106 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8107 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8108 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8109 */
8110 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8111
8112 /**
8113 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8114 * API request logging
8115 */
8116 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8117
8118 /**
8119 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8120 */
8121 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8122
8123 /**
8124 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8125 * API queries.
8126 */
8127 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8128 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8129 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8130 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8131 ];
8132
8133 /**
8134 * Enable AJAX framework
8135 *
8136 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31
8137 */
8138 $wgUseAjax = true;
8139
8140 /**
8141 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8142 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8143 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8144 */
8145 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8146
8147 /**
8148 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8149 */
8150 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8151
8152 /**
8153 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8154 */
8155 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8156
8157 /**
8158 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8159 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8160 */
8161 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8162
8163 /**
8164 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8165 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8166 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8167 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8168 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8169 *
8170 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8171 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8172 *
8173 * @par Example:
8174 * @code
8175 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8176 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8177 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8178 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8179 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8180 * ];
8181 * @endcode
8182 */
8183 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8184
8185 /**
8186 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8187 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8188 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8189 */
8190 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8191
8192 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8193
8194 /************************************************************************//**
8195 * @name Shell and process control
8196 * @{
8197 */
8198
8199 /**
8200 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8201 */
8202 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8206 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8207 */
8208 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8212 */
8213 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8214
8215 /**
8216 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8217 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8218 */
8219 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8223 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8224 *
8225 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8226 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8227 * them segfault or deadlock.
8228 *
8229 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8230 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8231 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8232 *
8233 * @par Example:
8234 * @code
8235 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8236 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8237 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8238 * @endcode
8239 *
8240 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8241 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8242 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8243 */
8244 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8245
8246 /**
8247 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8248 */
8249 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8250
8251 /**
8252 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8253 *
8254 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8255 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8256 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8257 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8258 *
8259 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8260 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8261 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8262 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8263 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8264 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8265 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8266 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8267 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8268 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8269 * decimal separator)
8270 *
8271 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8272 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8273 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8274 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8275 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8276 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8277 * displayed to the user.
8278 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8279 * date/time values.
8280 *
8281 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8282 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8283 * wikis.
8284 */
8285 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8286
8287 /**
8288 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8289 *
8290 * Supported options:
8291 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8292 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8293 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8294 *
8295 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8296 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8297 *
8298 * @since 1.31
8299 * @var string|bool
8300 */
8301 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8302
8303 /** @} */ # End shell }
8304
8305 /************************************************************************//**
8306 * @name HTTP client
8307 * @{
8308 */
8309
8310 /**
8311 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8312 * @var int
8313 */
8314 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8315
8316 /**
8317 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8318 * @since 1.29
8319 */
8320 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8324 */
8325 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8326
8327 /**
8328 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8329 */
8330 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8331
8332 /**
8333 * Local virtual hosts.
8334 *
8335 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8336 *
8337 * This affects the following:
8338 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8339 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8340 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8341 * the proxy if it is configured.
8342 *
8343 * @since 1.25
8344 */
8345 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8346
8347 /**
8348 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8349 * Only works for curl
8350 */
8351 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8352
8353 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8354
8355 /************************************************************************//**
8356 * @name Job queue
8357 * @{
8358 */
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8362 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8363 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8364 * be run periodically.
8365 */
8366 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8367
8368 /**
8369 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8370 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8371 * execution finishes.
8372 *
8373 * @since 1.23
8374 */
8375 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8376
8377 /**
8378 * Number of rows to update per job
8379 */
8380 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8381
8382 /**
8383 * Number of rows to update per query
8384 */
8385 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8386
8387 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8388
8389 /************************************************************************//**
8390 * @name Miscellaneous
8391 * @{
8392 */
8393
8394 /**
8395 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8396 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8397 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8398 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8399 */
8400 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8401
8402 /**
8403 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8404 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8405 * Supported values:
8406 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8407 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8408 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8409 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8410 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8411 *
8412 * @since 1.30
8413 */
8414 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8415
8416 /**
8417 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8418 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8419 *
8420 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8421 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8422 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8423 */
8424 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8425
8426 /**
8427 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8428 * For debugging
8429 */
8430 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8431
8432 /**
8433 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8434 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8435 */
8436 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8437
8438 /**
8439 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8440 */
8441 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8442
8443 /**
8444 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8445 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8446 */
8447 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8448
8449 /**
8450 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8451 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8452 */
8453 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8454
8455 /**
8456 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8457 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8458 *
8459 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8460 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8461 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8462 * parameters.
8463 *
8464 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8465 * @code
8466 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8467 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8468 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8469 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8470 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8471 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8472 * 'redisConfig' => []
8473 * ] ];
8474 * @endcode
8475 *
8476 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8477 * @code
8478 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8479 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8480 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8481 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8482 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8483 * ... any extension-specific options...
8484 * ] ];
8485 * @endcode
8486 */
8487 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8488
8489 /**
8490 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8491 */
8492 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8493
8494 /**
8495 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8496 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8497 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8498 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8499 *
8500 * @since 1.21
8501 */
8502 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8503
8504 /**
8505 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8506 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8507 *
8508 * * 'ignore': return null
8509 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8510 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8511 *
8512 * @since 1.21
8513 */
8514 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8515
8516 /**
8517 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8518 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8519 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8520 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8521 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8522 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8523 *
8524 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8525 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8526 *
8527 * @since 1.21
8528 */
8529 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8530
8531 /**
8532 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8533 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8534 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8535 *
8536 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8537 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8538 *
8539 * @since 1.21
8540 */
8541 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8542 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8543 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8544 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8545 ];
8546
8547 /**
8548 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8549 *
8550 * @since 1.20
8551 */
8552 $wgSiteTypes = [
8553 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8554 ];
8555
8556 /**
8557 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8558 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8559 * @since 1.23
8560 */
8561 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8562
8563 /**
8564 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8565 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8566 * @see T67184
8567 * @since 1.24
8568 */
8569 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8570
8571 /**
8572 * Secret for session storage.
8573 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8574 * be used.
8575 * @since 1.27
8576 */
8577 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8578
8579 /**
8580 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8581 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8582 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8583 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8584 * @since 1.27
8585 */
8586 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8587
8588 /**
8589 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8590 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8591 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8592 * be used.
8593 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8594 * @since 1.24
8595 */
8596 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8597
8598 /**
8599 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8600 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8601 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8602 * @since 1.24
8603 */
8604 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8605
8606 /**
8607 * Enable page language feature
8608 * Allows setting page language in database
8609 * @var bool
8610 * @since 1.24
8611 */
8612 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8613
8614 /**
8615 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8616 *
8617 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8618 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8619 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8620 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8621 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8622 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8623 *
8624 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8625 *
8626 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8627 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8628 * 'options' => [
8629 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8630 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8631 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8632 * ]
8633 * ];
8634 *
8635 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8636 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8637 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8638 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8639 *
8640 * Example config for Parsoid:
8641 *
8642 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8643 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8644 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8645 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8646 * ];
8647 *
8648 * @var array
8649 * @since 1.25
8650 */
8651 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8652 'paths' => [],
8653 'modules' => [],
8654 'global' => [
8655 # Timeout in seconds
8656 'timeout' => 360,
8657 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8658 'forwardCookies' => false,
8659 'HTTPProxy' => null
8660 ]
8661 ];
8662
8663 /**
8664 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8665 * these suggestions.
8666 *
8667 * @var bool
8668 * @since 1.26
8669 */
8670 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8671
8672 /**
8673 * Where popular password file is located.
8674 *
8675 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8676 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8677 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8678 *
8679 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8680 * @since 1.27
8681 * @var string path to file
8682 */
8683 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8684
8685 /*
8686 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8687 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8688 *
8689 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8690 * @since 1.27
8691 */
8692 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8693
8694 /*
8695 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8696 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8697 *
8698 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8699 * @since 1.30
8700 */
8701 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8702
8703 /**
8704 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8705 *
8706 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8707 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8708 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8709 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8710 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8711 *
8712 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8713 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8714 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8715 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8716 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8717 *
8718 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8719 *
8720 * @since 1.27
8721 */
8722 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8723 'default' => [
8724 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8725 ]
8726 ];
8727
8728 /**
8729 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8730 *
8731 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8732 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8733 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8734 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8735 *
8736 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8737 *
8738 * @var bool
8739 * @since 1.28
8740 */
8741 $wgPingback = false;
8742
8743 /**
8744 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8745 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8746 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8747 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8748 *
8749 * @since 1.28
8750 */
8751 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8752 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8753 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8754 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8755 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8756 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8757 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8758 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8759 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8760 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8761 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8762 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8763 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8764 ];
8765
8766 /**
8767 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8768 * at Special:Contributions.
8769 *
8770 * @var array
8771 * @since 1.30
8772 */
8773 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8774 'IPv4' => 16,
8775 'IPv6' => 32,
8776 ];
8777
8778 /**
8779 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8780 *
8781 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8782 *
8783 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8784 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8785 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8786 *
8787 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8788 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8789 */
8790 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8791 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8792 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8793 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8794
8795 /**
8796 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8797 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8798 *
8799 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8800 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8801 *
8802 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8803 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8804 *
8805 * @par Example:
8806 * @code
8807 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8808 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8809 *];
8810 * @endcode
8811 */
8812 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8813
8814 /**
8815 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8816 * @since 1.30
8817 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8818 */
8819 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8820
8821 /**
8822 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8823 * @since 1.31
8824 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8825 */
8826 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8827
8828 /**
8829 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8830 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8831 * @}
8832 */